Home

Ford 2006 Five Hundred Automobile User Manual

1. CEE The mirror will automatically return to the normal state whenever the vehicle is placed in R Reverse to ensure a bright clear view when backing up Do not block the sensor on the backside of the inside rear view mirror since this may impair proper mirror performance EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power side view mirrors E The ignition must be in the ACC or ON position to adjust the power side view mirrors To adjust your mirrors 1 Rotate the control clockwise to adjust the right mirror and rotate I Na the control counterclockwise to adjust the left mirror 2 Move the control in the direction you wish to tilt the mirror 3 Return to the center position to lock mirrors in place 59 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Fold away mirrors Carefully pull the outside mirrors inwards when driving through a narrow space like an automatic car wash POWER ADJUSTABLE FOOT PEDALS IF EQUIPPED The accelerator and brake pedal should only be adjusted when the i 4 vehicle is stopped and the gearshift 4 lever is in the P Park position A S Press and hold the rocker control to v adjust accelerator and brake pedal toward you or away from you The adjustment allows for approximately 3 inches 73 mm of maximum travel Never adjust the accelerator and brake pedal with feet on the pedals while the vehicle is moving SPEED CONTROL
2. Reverse steps to reinstall bulb s 48 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights Replacing tail brake turn backup lamp bulbs 1 Turn the headlamp switch to OFF and open the tailgate 2 Remove the two bolts from the lamp assembly 3 Remove the lamp assembly 4 Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove it from the lamp assembly 5 Pull the bulb straight out of the socket Reverse steps to reinstall bulb s Replacing foglamp bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the OFF position 2 Remove the bulb socket from the 7 lt a ub w foglamp by turning it 4 counterclockwise 3 Disconnect the electrical connector Reverse steps to reinstall bulb s 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights Replacing license plate lamp bulbs The license plate bulbs are located behind the rear bumper To change the license plate lamp bulbs 1 Reach behind the rear bumper to locate the bulb 2 Twist the bulb socket counterclockwise and carefully pull to remove it from the lamp assembly 3 Pull out the old bulb from the socket and push in the new bulb 4 Install the bulb socket in lamp assembly by turning it clockwise Replacing high mount brake and cargo lamp bulbs Make sure the headlamp control is in the OFF position 1 Remove the two screws and move o o the lamp asse
3. OIL LIFE SET TO XX The compass reading may be affected when you drive near large buildings bridges power lines and powerful broadcast antenna Magnetic or metallic objects placed in on or near the vehicle may also affect compass accuracy Usually when something affects the compass readings the compass will correct itself after a few days of operating your vehicle in normal conditions If the compass still appears to be inaccurate a manual calibration may be necessary Refer to Compass zone adjustment 71 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Most geographic areas zones have a magnetic north compass point that varies slightly from the northerly direction on maps This variation is up to four degrees between adjacent zones and will become noticeable as the vehicle crosses multiple zones A correct zone setting will eliminate this error Refer to Compass calibration adjustment Compass zone adjustment 1 Determine which magnetic zone you are in for your geographic location by referring to the zone map 2 Turn ignition to the ON position 3 Locate the reset button on top of the compass sensor mounted behind the mirror 4 Press and hold the reset button on the compass module for COMPASS approximately 4 seconds until ZONE X COMPASS ZONE XX appears in the E ANI message center display 5 Continue to press the reset but
4. To lock out all the window controls except for the driver s press the right side of the control Press the left side to restore the window controls Accessory delay With accessory delay the window switches audio system and moon roof if equipped may be used for up to ten minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position or until either front door is opened 56 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Power Down Back Window if equipped To operate the power down back window the ignition switch must be in the On or Accessory position or with accessory delay power enabled The power down back window only has three window position selections e Fully open e Vent e Fully closed All rear seat occupants and or cargo must be properly restrained and clear of the back window opening before operating the power down rear window Press and release the control to lower window to the vent position Press and release the control again to lower window to the full open position Press and release the control to raise the window all the way to the full closed position Normal Operation If an up command is selected and the ignition is switched to OFF or ON during window travel or with accessory delay power enabled the window will 1 Stop if it is between the vent position and fully closed or 2 Continue to move up to the vent positi
5. USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 5 Clip the tether strap to the anchor and return the seat back to its locked position For Adrenalin vehicles fixed left rear seat clip the tether hook onto the anchor bar with the hook toward the rear of the vehicle If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly the child safety seat may not be retained properly in the event of a collision 6 Refer to the Installing child safety seats in combination lap and shoulder belt seating positions section of this chapter for further instructions to secure the child safety seat 7 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions To unhook the tether strap unfasten the safety belts securing the child seat and put some slack into the tether strap Tip the seat back forward enough so that you can reach behind the seat and unhook the tether hook For the Adrenalin Edition fixed left rear seat fold the other seat back down so that you can reach around the side of the left seat back with your left hand to unclip the tether hook If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision greatly increases Attaching safety seats with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children attachments for child seat anchors Some child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two anchors at certain seating positions in your vehicle This
6. e Emergency lane change e Taking a turn too fast e Quick maneuvering to avoid an accident pedestrian or obstacle AdvanceTrac with RSC button and icon functionality The AdvanceTrac with RSC system automatically turns on each time the engine is started even if it was turned off when the engine was last shut down The sliding car icon which is located with the warning lights in the instrument cluster will illuminate during bulb check at initial start up and then go off This tells you that the system is normal and active All functions of the AdvanceTrac with RSC RSC ESC Engine Traction Control and Brake Traction Control will be activated at start up When the system is left active the sliding car icon will flash only when any of the components of the system are affecting the vehicle s performance otherwise the light will remain off Consequently the sliding car icon will not be illuminated during most of your normal driving The AdvanceTrac with RSC button located on the center stack of the instrument panel allows the driver to control certain features of the AdvanceTrac with RSC system below 25 mph 40 km h If the vehicle is below 25 mph 40 km h momentarily pressing the AdvanceTrac with RSC button will disable RSC ESC and Engine Traction Control and steadily illuminate the sliding car icon Pressing and holding the AdvanceTrac with RSC button for more than five seconds will further
7. pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale The Tire Pressure Monitoring System complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The Tire Pressure Monitoring System is NOT a substitute for manually checking tire pressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge see Inflating your tires in this chapter Failure
8. s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure TIRES Tires are designed to give many thousands of miles of service but they must be maintained in order to get the maximum benefit from them Glossary of tire terminology e Tire label A label showing the OE Original Equipment tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry 162 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT
9. 224 231 240 241 246 247 253 254 Table of Contents Maintenance and Specifications 261 Engine compartment 263 Engine oil 266 Battery 271 Engine Coolant 273 Fuel information 279 Air filter s 291 Part numbers 292 Maintenance product specifications and capacities 293 Accessories 302 Index 305 All rights reserved Reproduction by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Ford Motor Company Ford may change the contents without notice and without incurring obligation Copyright 2005 Ford Motor Company 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Introduction CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CONGRATULATIONS Congratulations on acquiring your new Ford Please take the time to get well acquainted with your vehicle by reading this handbook The more you know and understand about your vehicle the greater the safety and pl
10. 294 297 PALKING es scscscccasessehbeasegieseevecs 197 shift interlock eceeeeees 203 C Capacities for refilling fluids 297 Cargo Cag sned 89 Cargo management system 93 Cassette tape player 000 21 Cell phone use n ssonsossneesssseesesseee 8 Changing a tire 0 231 Child safety restraints 146 child safety belts 0 0 0 146 Child safety seats 0 00 0 150 attaching with tether straps 154 in front seat wo eeeeeeeees 151 I rear Seat esanian 151 Cleaning your vehicle engine compartment 256 instrument panel 008 258 TAL OTIOL as x Shc cares e E 259 UNteLIOL VIM sesers 258 PIASIO PALES sweissisescssccsascvssassase 257 WASHING soricina 254 WOKING airen p oE aAa EEA 255 305 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Index Whe els 00 cecccccccccceeessseeeeeeeeeeees 255 wiper blades c cceeeeeeeeees 257 Climate control see Air conditioning or Heating 38 Clock adjust 6 CD in dash srsssrioriiirerar 27 AM EM CD op caccscesstactisteioatssavnatess 22 Compass electronic 00 71 COMDYATION sirsiran 73 set zone adjustment 72 83 CONSOLE 23555 020entzestessahe erences 55 overhead ccccceecccesceeeeteeees 52 53 Controls POWEF SEAb occcisessiseccseccesectsaseeas 112 steering column ceeeeeeee 63 Coolant checking and adding
11. A correct zone setting will eliminate this error Refer to Compass zone calibration adjustment Note Compass zone and calibration adjustments can be entered by using the INFO and SETUP MENU controls or using the reset button on top of the compass sensor mounted behind the mirror Compass zone adjustment 1 Determine your magnetic zone by referring to the zone map 2 Turn ignition to the ON position 3 Start the engine 4 From SETUP menu select compass zone SET UP 5 Press RESET control until the RESET message center display changes to EOR N show the current zone setting XX ZONE SETTING 83 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls 6 Press the RESET control repeatedly until the correct zone SET UP A setting for your geographic location ZONE XX is displayed on the message center _ bide ET The range of zone values are from PRESS RESET 01 to 15 and wraps back to 01 TO CHANGE L 7 Wait 4 seconds when correct zone a is chosen SET UP ZONE XX IS SET XN Compass calibration adjustment Perform compass calibration in an open area free from steel structures and high voltage lines For optimum calibration turn off all electrical accessories heater air conditioning wipers etc and make sure all vehicle doors are shut 1 From the SETUP menu press the fa SETUP control to select the compass calibration
12. Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments The plastic LATCH guides can be obtained from an authorized dealer They snap onto the LATCH lower anchors in the seat to help attach a child seat with rigid attachments The guides hold the seat trim away to expose the anchor and make it easier to attach some child seats Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off the vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching the vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash Each time you use the safety seat check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor Try to move the child seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat forward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases 158 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading NOTICE TO UTILITY VEHICLE AND TRUCK OWNERS Utility vehicles and trucks handle differently than passenger cars in the various driving conditions that are encountered on stree
13. Headlamps cccccccccesseceeseees 42 interior lamps seeessseeosssees0s0e 45 replacing bulbs 00 0 0 50 Lights warning and indicator 12 anti lock brakes ABS 196 Load Imit sesecssisseccisssscsssssiesseass 179 Loading instructions 186 Locks AULOLOCK eierens 104 105 ChIGDLOOE seeseisssecictessecssserseensdoes 97 OLOO EE E E sacveeeccneeecatetarea eat 96 Lubricant specifications 294 297 L g DUUS iirinn rataran 240 Lumbar support seats 112 114 M Message center 0ee 66 76 english metric button 69 81 system check button 68 80 warning Messages e 73 85 Mirrors ansarin 59 308 automatic dimming rearview MULLET ON o55 52 ce cadxhatscsoenedocsesses anes 59 fold AWAY cssidicssessstezeacciseeceinssnedes 60 side view mirrors power 59 MOON TOOL s ccsieciseeseteasaxcincscanicesey 65 Motorcraft parts 260 279 292 O Octane rating oc sdevescezisicdenctacanns 283 Oil see Engine oil 0 0 266 P Parking prake ccsyernvccnsessauxenees 197 Parts see Motorcraft parts 292 Passenger Occupant Classification Sensor 000 117 Pedals see Power adjustable foot pedals ses scscsucseyerraacserseernccss 60 Power adjustable foot pedals 60 Power distribution box see FUSES o cceeecccceeessecesseneeees 228 Power door locks cccceeeeees 96 Power MUITOTS eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
14. Neutral e Maximum speed is 35 mph 56 km h e Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 km If a distance of 50 miles 80 km or a speed of 35 mph 56 km h must be exceeded you must disconnect the driveshaft Ford recommends the driveshaft be removed installed only by a qualified technician at an authorized dealer See your authorized dealer for driveshaft removal installation Improper removal installation of the driveshaft can cause transmission fluid loss damage to the driveshaft and internal transmission components 4WD vehicles with electronic shift transfer case Neutral tow kit accessory On vehicles equipped with 4WD an accessory is available that allows you to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle with all the wheels on the ground Contact your authorized dealer for more details Do not tow your vehicle with all wheels on the ground unless you install the neutral tow kit as vehicle damage may occur 192 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving STARTING Positions of the ignition 1 OFF LOCK shuts off the engine and all accessories locks the steering wheel gearshift lever and allows key removal 2 ACC allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running This position also unlocks the steering wheel 3 ON all electrical circuits operational Warning lights illuminated Key position when driving 4 START cranks the
15. OFF LOCK position insert the second previously coded key into the ignition 5 Turn the ignition from the 1 OFF LOCK position to the 3 ON position Keep the ignition in the 3 ON position for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 6 Turn the ignition to the 1 OFF LOCK position and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition 7 Within twenty seconds of turning the ignition to the 1 OFF LOCK position and removing the previously programmed coded Key insert the new unprogrammed key new key valet key into the ignition 8 Turn the ignition from the 1 OFF LOCK position to the 3 ON position Keep the ignition in the 3 ON position for at least three seconds but not more than 10 seconds 9 Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition If the key has been successfully programmed it will start the vehicle s engine and the theft indicator light will illuminate for three seconds and then go out If the key was not successfully programmed it will not start your vehicle s engine and the theft indicator light will flash on and off and you may repeat Steps 1 through 5 If failure repeats bring your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the new key s programmed To program additional new unprogrammed key s wait twenty seconds and then repeat this procedure from Step 1 109 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Re
16. Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover 180 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Example only CARGO Tires Wheels and Loading TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT2 REAR3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs TIRE COLD TIRE PRESSURE fm 9 _ snomencsne see OWNERS TONERS MANUAL FOR SPARE 7145 80D16 420 KPA 60 PSI P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XX XXXX XXXX TIRE AND LOAD INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS RELATIFS AUX PNEUS ET LA CHARGE SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL XX FRONT XX REAR X NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL AVANT ARRIERE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed _ XXX kg La charge du v hicle occupants et bagages ne doit jamais d passer XXX Ibs XXX XX XXXX XXXX TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE SEE owners MANUAL PNEUS DIMENSIONS PRESSION AFROID cop ADDITIONAL FRONT LT225 75R 16 5E 200 KPA 29 PSI INEORMATION CONSULTER LE GUIDE LT225 75R 16 5E 200 KPA 29 PSI DU PROPRIETAIRE POUR DE PLUS REAt RIEI SPARE PNEU DE SECOURS T145 80D16 P225 60R17 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 420 KPA 60 PSI AMPLES 200 KPA 29 PSI RESEIGNEMENTS Cargo Weight includes
17. Personal Safety System The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations Your vehicle s Personal Safety System consists of e Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints e Front safety belts with pretensioners energy management retractors and safety belt usage sensors Driver s seat position sensor Front passenger sensing system Passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp Front crash severity sensor Restraints Control Module RCM Restraint system warning light and back up tone The electrical wiring for the airbags crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor front passenger sensing system and indicator lights 116 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints How does the Personal Safety System work The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of your vehicle s safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions A collection of crash and occupant sensors provide
18. p ddmb Jt pue 9ZIs Je ood uo paseq Area Lew suoryeoydde swos Ayoedeo Y Arp oyeuntxordde ATUo soyeorpul TRAIOJUT VOIAIOS 4991109 OY JUTULIOJAP 0 WOUYDWAO UL BDUDUAIULDUL paynpayIs MO 0 Jojey aseurep UOTSSTUISUBI asned ABU pIN J popudu oy ULUI 19470 PMY UOISSTUSULIJ e JO S aseUTep UOTSSTUISUBI asneo APU GS gNOOUAW SsulimMber uoryeoydde uorssrusuerg oyewome ue ut spInyj osesn Tenp JO SN dS eNOOUNAIN PUL A eNOOUUN ONOOYAN XU LON OG e qeesueyoioqur you are JS eNOOUMIN PUL A eNOOUUN eNOOUAW Pesn st pry UorIsstwsues oTEUIOINe 7291109 oy MSUY ayeryuaouo0yD qoysea pretysput CIOP sen gp pmy Ioysem pretyspury Umud IeIIIOJOVI 6V 9TASN ASM V GE OZ IIOAIOSAI UO SOUT XVN pue NIN pmg SulIe0 s IaMog ay UsEMI9q MA eNOOUdN ILV esoding rnyq Z Je19 1010 XA0 GiLX oNOOUdWN Y W Camp Tr T surenb T pmy asvo Joysuedy Jequny Jed pIo IO JUIGN 118g P104 296 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications ENGINE DATA 4 0L SOHC V6 4 6L 3V V8 engine engine Required fuel 1 4 2 5 3 6 1 37 20 548 1 32 1 42 mm 1 02 1 27 mm Spark plug gap is not adjustable Engine drivebelt routing e 4 0L V6 Engine e 4 6L V8 Engine 297 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications VEHICLE DIMENSIONS Dimensions f Inches mm 1 Ove
19. the transmitters that are not present during programming will no longer operate the vehicle To reprogram the remote entry 3 transmitters 1 Ensure the vehicle is electronically unlocked 2 Put the key in the ignition 3 Turn the key from the 1 OFF LOCK position to 3 ON 4 Cycle eight times rapidly within 10 seconds between the 1 OFF LOCK position and 3 ON Note The eighth turn must end in the 3 ON position 5 The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that the programming mode has been activated 6 Within 20 seconds press any button on the remote entry transmitter Note If more than 20 seconds have passed you will need to start the procedure over again 7 The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that this remote entry transmitter has been programmed 8 Repeat Step 6 to program each additional remote entry transmitter 9 Turn the ignition to the 1 OFF LOCK position after you have finished programming all of the remote entry transmitters 10 The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that the programming mode has been exited llluminated entry The interior lamps illuminate when the remote entry system is used to unlock the door s or sound the personal alarm 101 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security The illuminated entry system will turn off the interior lights if e the ignition is turned to the 2 ACC or 3 ON position
20. 0 2300 IIIV towing 4 6L Class III IV 11600 5262 0 6580 0 2985 towing Notes For high altitude operation reduce GCW by 2 per 1 000 ft 300 meters elevation For definitions of terms used in this table and instructions on how to calculate your vehicle load refer to Vehicle loading in this chapter Maximum trailer weights shown The combined weight of the completed towing vehicle and the loaded trailer must not exceed the GCWR When towing maximum loads under high outside temperatures and or on steep grades the A C system may cycle on and off to protect the engine from overheating This may result in a temporary increase of interior temperatures Preparing to tow Use the proper equipment for towing a trailer and make sure it is properly attached to your vehicle See your authorized dealer or a reliable trailer dealer if you require assistance Hitches Do not use hitches that clamp onto the vehicle bumper Use a load carrying hitch You must distribute the load in your trailer so that 10 15 of the total weight of the trailer is on the tongue not to exceed the maximum tongue loads as stated e Class II receiver 350 Ib 159 kg e Class III IV receiver 500 Ib 227 kg weight carrying 740 lb 336 kg weight distributing 188 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Safety chains Always connect the trailer s safety chains to the frame or h
21. 166 TONNEAU COVED eeeeeeteeeeteeeeeees 91 TOMINE orraa r a 186 recreational towing 05 191 trailer towing sissors 186 WYECKED ooo cceesccccsssseccessseeseesaes 246 Transfer case fluid checking sssrsseaniisiss 291 Transmission sicnissnsiisirri iosi 203 brake shift interlock BSI 203 fluid checking and adding automatic fluid refill capacities lubricant specifications 294 297 TUNK sarte a EEN 93 Tarn SIS al csss cs seetasheontasastecnctcey 45 vV Vehicle dimensions 0000000 298 310 Vehicle Identification Number VIN Vehicle loading camper bodies Ventilating your vehicle WwW Warning lights see Lights Washer fluid Water Driving through Windows Windshield defrosting Windshield washer fluid and wipers checking and adding fluid replacing wiper blades Wrecker towing 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus 311 312
22. 294 297 refill capacities eee 297 service points 000 263 264 starting after a collision 223 Engine block heater sses 195 Engine Oil sceccacsssertseszeaseasesaicsi eae 266 checking and adding 266 GIPSTICK s Zasesesnasinccsneasttubeancot ninn 266 filter specifications 269 292 recommendations 269 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus refill capacities occ 297 specifications 0 294 297 Exhaust fumes ccccccceeeees 195 F Fail safe cooling ssrssrsissiisss 278 Elg MALS gesccedssecdetis eeaxepsrcegavens 88 Fluid capacities 0 297 POSlAMPS seeriana 42 Four Wheel Drive vehicles 211 driving off road erse 213 indicator ght sesiis 211 preparing to drive your VOICI er eana r ERS 202 PUG sts casas iaa ea arrana A 279 calculating fuel ECONOMY reen terien anaa 67 78 284 CAD eere I EAE 282 CApACILY ereere aI ea ra 297 choosing the right fuel 283 comparisons with EPA fuel economy estimates 287 detergent in fuel siirre 284 filling your vehicle with fuel a a o 279 282 284 filter specifications 279 292 fuel pump shut off switch 223 improving fuel economy 284 octane rating 0 eee 283 297 QUAND Yate isicachatassdocensssmmexaeghechanan 283 running out of fuel 284 safety information relating to automotive fuels ccce
23. 3 If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies or procedures please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 FORD Away from home If you own a Ford or Mercury vehicle and are away from home when your vehicle needs service or if you need more help than the authorized dealer could provide after following the steps described above contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center to find an authorized dealer to help you In the United States Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 1 800 392 3673 FORD TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 www customersaskford com 247 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance In Canada Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 1 800 565 3673 FORD www ford ca If you own a Lincoln vehicle and are away from home when your vehicle needs service or if you need more help than the authorized dealer could provide after following the steps described above contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center to find an authorized dealer to help you In the United States Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 1 800 521 4140 TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 www customersaskford com In Canada Lincoln Centr
24. 68 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls The sequence of the system check report and how it appears in the message center is as follows 1 OIL LIFE RESET CHARGING SYSTEM WASHER FLUID DOOR AJAR EXTERIOR LAMP BRAKE SYSTEM PARK BRAKE MILES TO EMPTY 9 FUEL LEVEL LOW will only display if 50 miles or less to empty To reset the oil monitoring system to 100 after each oil change approximately 5 000 miles 8 000 km or 180 days perform the following 1 Enter SYSTEM CHECK to display _ HOLD RESET IF NEW OIL HOLD RESET iF NEW OIL iog OANA TKR WHY 2 Press and hold the RESET control switch for more than 2 f T seconds Oil life is set to 100 and OIL LIFE JE OIL LIFE SET TO 100 is T0 100 displayed Note To change oil life 100 miles value from 5 000 miles 8 000 km or 180 days to another value refer to the Oil Life Start Value selected from the SETUP MENU in this section Units English Metric 1 Select this function from the SETUP MENU for the current units UNITS to be displayed N mT 2 Press and hold the TRIP RESET z El i MET RIC control switch to change from English to Metric 3 Press the TRIP RESET control switch for the next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO MENU 69 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Contr
25. B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 82 km h before the light will turn OFF Your temporary spare tire is in use Repair the damaged road wheel tire and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system functionality For a description on how the system functions refer to When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section If your tires are properly inflated and your spare tire is not in use and the light remains ON have the system inspected by your authorized dealer 177 Tires Wheels and Loading Low Tire Pressure Possible cause Customer Action Required Warning Light Flashing Warning Spare tire in use Your temporary spare tire is in Light use Repair the damaged road wheel and re mount it on the vehicle to restore system functionality For a description of how the system functions under these conditions refer to When your temporary spare tire is intalled in this section TPMS If your tires are properly malfunction inflated and your spare tire is not in use and the TPMS warning light is still ON have the system inspected by your authorized dealer When inflating your tires When putting air into your tires such as at a gas station or in your garage the Tire Pressure Monitoring System may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 82 km h for the light to turn OFF after you have filled you
26. Cun 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving ADVANCETRAC WITH ROLL STABILITY CONTROL RSC STABILITY ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM The AdvanceTrac with RSC system provides stability enhancement features such as Roll Stability Control RSC Electronic Stability Control ESC and Traction Control TCS for certain driving situations The system includes an AdvanceTrac with RSC on off button and a sliding car icon in the instrument cluster Some drivers may notice a slight movement of the brake pedal when the AdvanceTrac with RSC performs a system self check During AdvanceTrac with RSC operation you may experience the following e A rumble grunting or grinding noise after startup and when driving off A slight deceleration of the vehicle e The AdvanceTrac with RSC indicator light will flash when the system is activated If your foot is on the brake pedal you will feel a vibration in the pedal If the driving condition is severe and your foot is not on the brake the brake pedal will move to apply higher brake forces You may also hear a whoosh of air from under the instrument panel during this severe condition Traction Control Traction Control helps your vehicle maintain traction when driving on slippery and or hilly road surfaces by detecting and controlling wheel spin Excessive wheel spin is controlled by momentarily reducing engine power and or applying the anti
27. FLUID DOOR AJAR EXTERIOR LAMP BRAKE SYSTEM PARK BRAKE FUEL LEVEL MILES TO EMPTY To reset the oil monitoring system to 100 after each oil change approximately 5 000 miles 8 000 km or 180 days perform the following e From the SETUP MENU enter Oo oO Nn oan A WO L SYSTEM CHECK to display SYSTEM CHECK HOLD RESET IF NEW OIL UOLO RESET IF NEW OIL 80 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Press and hold the RESET control for more than 2 seconds SYSTEM CHECA 2 Oil life is set to 100 and OIL OW CHANGE CHANGE SET TO 100 is Sao displayed SET TO Note To change oil life 100 miles 100 value from 5 000 miles 8 000 km and 180 days to another value refer to the Oil Life Start Value selected from the SETUP MENU in this section Units English Metric 1 Select this function from the SETUP MENU for the current units SET UP to be displayed UNITS 2 Press the RESET control to N change from English to Metric gt El IGLISH 3 Press the RESET control for the METRIC next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO menu Language Note When entering the SETUP MENU and a non English language has been selected PRESS RESET FOR ENGLISH will be displayed to change back to English 1 Select this function from the SETUP MENU for the current SET UP la
28. GVWR and GAWR limitations Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lb In metric units 635 340 5 x 68 295 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 184 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount
29. Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies 8 Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown Refer to Wheel lug nut torque specifications later in this chapter for the proper lug nut torque specification Stowing the flat spare tire Note Failure to follow spare tire stowage instructions may result in failure of cable or loss of spare tire 1 Lay the tire on the ground with the valve stem facing up toward the vehicle 2 Slide the wheel partially under the vehicle and install the retainer through the wheel center Pull on the cable to align the components at the end of the cable 3 Turn the jack handle clockwise until the tire is raised to its stowed position underneath the vehicle The effort to turn the jack handle increases significantly and the spare tire carrier ratchets or slips when the tire is raised to the maximum tightness Tighten to the best of your ability to the point where the ratchet slip occurs if possible The spare tire carrier will not allow you to overtighten If the spare tire carrier ratchets or slips with little effort take the vehicle to your authorized dealer for assistance at your earliest convenience 4 Check that the tire lies flat against the frame and is properly tightened Try to push or pull then turn the tire to be sure it will not move Loosen and retighten if necessary Failure to properly stow the spare tire may result in failure of the winch cable and l
30. I A IV Tuner Press to manually go up or down the radio frequency Also use in menu mode to select various settings In Satellite Radio mode if equipped press A Vv to tune to the next previous channel In CATEGORY MODE press A AA to scroll through the list of available Sirius channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Refer to Category Mode under Menu for further information Satellite radio is available only in the continental United States with a valid SIRIUS subscription 21 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 2 MUTE Phone Press to mute the playing media Press again to return Ey to the playing media 3 MENU Press to toggle through the following modes Setting the clock Press MENU until SET HOURS or SET MINUTES is displayed Use A IV to manually increase decrease Press MENU again to disengage clock mode CATEGORY Satellite Radio if equipped Press MENU until the currently active category appears in the display CATEGORY MODE In CATEGORY MODE press A IV to scroll through the list of available Sirius channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Press lt SEEK or SCAN to select the category After a category is selected press SEEK to search for that specific category of channels only i e ROCK To select a different category press MENU until the category appears in the display Press A WV to select a different
31. Luggage Compartment Release Symbol Engine Oil Engine Coolant Temperature Battery Battery Acid Fan Warning Maintain Correct Fluid Level Engine Air Filter Jack Low Tire Pressure Warning 1e sur RS BD LTE CY 11 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster WARNING LIGHTS AND CHIMES Standard instrument cluster Seo sow O TRIP RESET Optional instrument cluster ESO e TON Warning lights and gauges can alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious enough to cause expensive repairs A warning light may illuminate when a problem exists with one of your vehicle s functions Many lights will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure the 12 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster bulb works If any light remains on after starting the vehicle refer to the respective system warning light for additional information Note Some Warning Lights will display in the Message Center as words and function the same as the warning light Note Depending on which options your vehicle has some indicators may not be present in your vehicle Service engine soon The Service engine soon indicator light illuminates when the ignition is first turned to the ON position to check the bulb Solid illumination after the engine is started indicates
32. Message center procedure For information on activating deactivating the autounlock feature using the vehicle s message center if equipped refer to Message center information in the Driver Controls chapter SECURILOCK PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM SecuriLock passive anti theft system is an engine immobilization system This system is designed to help prevent the engine from being started unless a coded key programmed to your vehicle is used The use of the wrong type of coded key may lead to a no start condition Your vehicle comes with two coded keys additional coded keys may be purchased from your authorized dealer The authorized dealer can program your spare keys to your vehicle or you can program the keys yourself Refer to Programming spare keys for instructions on how to program the coded key Note The SecuriLock passive anti theft system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection Note Large metallic objects electronic devices that are used to purchase gasoline or similar items or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting issues You need to prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine These objects will not cause damage to the coded key but may cause a momentary issue if they are too close to the key when starting the engine If a problem
33. Push up to activate the right turn signal INTERIOR LAMPS Map lamps The front map lamps are located in the overhead console Press the controls on either side of each map lamp to activate the lamps 45 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights Cargo reading lamps The dome portion of the lamp or the center light can be turned on when the panel dimmer control is rotated past the detent or when a door is opened The rear dome lamp can be turned ON or OFF by sliding the control BULB REPLACEMENT Headlamp Condensation The headlamps are vented to equalize pressure When moist air enters the headlamp s through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur This condensation is normal and will clear within 45 minutes of headlamp operation Replacing exterior bulbs Check the operation of all the bulbs frequently Replacing the interior bulbs Check the operation of the bulbs frequently To replace any of the interior bulbs see a dealer or qualified technician Using the right bulbs Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America and an E for Europe to ensure lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility Using incorrect bulbs may damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warra
34. RSC system may enhance your vehicle s stability during adverse maneuvers The AdvanceTrac with RSC system helps the driver maintain steering control AdvanceTrac with RSC will attempt to correct the vehicle motion by applying brake force at individual tires and if necessary by reducing engine power During Electronic Stability Control events the sliding car icon in the instrument cluster will flash momentarily Driving maneuvers which may activate AdvanceTrac with RSC system include e Taking a turn too fast e Maneuvering quickly to avoid an accident pedestrian or obstacle e Driving over a patch of ice Changing lanes on a snow rutted road e Entering a snow free road from a snow covered side street or vice versa e Entering a paved road from a gravel road or vice versa e Driving on slick surfaces Cornering while towing a heavily loaded trailer refer to Trailer towing in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Roll Stability Control RSC The RSC system works in conjunction with the AdvanceTrac system to help maintain roll stability of the vehicle during aggressive maneuvers by applying brake force to one or more wheels During Roll Stability Control RSC events the sliding car icon in the instrument cluster will flash momentarily 199 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Driving conditions that may activate AdvanceTrac with RSC include
35. Sound System if equipped Cos _ 1 Loan mapa ae cD MUTE FM AUX 14 wenn Asen TT senc REW FF lt FOLDER FOLDER SHUFFLE Pm I 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 Accessory delay Your vehicle is equipped with accessory delay With this feature the window switches radio and moon roof if equipped may be used for up to ten minutes after the ignition switch is turned off or until either front door is opened A v Tune Disc selector Press and release to manually advance up down the radio frequency or to select a desired disc Press and hold for a fast advance through radio frequencies or all loaded discs Also use in menu mode to select various settings In Satellite Radio mode if equipped press A v to tune to the next previous channel In CATEGORY MODE press W to scroll through the list of available Sirius channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Refer to Category Mode under Menu for further information Satellite radio is available only in the continental United States with a valid SIRIUS subscription 26 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 2 MUTE Phone Press to mute the playing media Press again to return ay to the playing media 3 MENU Press to toggle through the following modes Setting the clock Press until SET HOURS or SET MINUTES is displayed Press A IV to adjust the hours minu
36. Specifications chapter CHECK HEADLAMP Displayed when the headlamps are activated and at least one bulb is burned out Check the lamps as soon as possible and have the burned out lamp replaced Refer to Replacing headlamp bulbs in the Lights chapter CHECK HIGHBEAM LAMP Displayed when the highbeam lamps are activated and at least one bulb is burned out Check the lamps as soon as possible and have the burned out lamp replaced Refer to Replacing headlamp bulbs in the Lights chapter CHECK TURN LAMP Displayed when the turn lamps are activated and at least one bulb is burned out Check the lamps as soon as possible and have the burned out lamp replaced Refer to Replacing headlamp bulbs in the Lights chapter WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the washer fluid reservoir is less than one quarter full Check the washer fluid level Refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter OIL CHANGE REQUIRED Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 0 An oil change is required whenever indicated by the message center and according to the recommended maintenance schedule USE ONLY RECOMMENDED ENGINE OILS ENGINE OIL CHANGE SOON Displayed when the engine oil life reaches 5 or less of the Oil Life Start Value 75 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls OPTIONAL MESSAGE CENTER IF EQUIPPED With the ignition in the ON position the message center
37. The Adaptive Transmission Control Strategy allows the transmission to relearn these operating parameters This learning process could take several transmission upshifts and downshifts during this learning process slightly firmer shifts may occur After this learning process normal shift feel and shift scheduling will resume 205 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the rear wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear e Start the engine e Depress the brake pedal e Press the gearshift release button on the front of the lever and move the gearshift lever into the desired gear To put your vehicle in P Park e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Drive with Overdrive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through f
38. Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall 9 M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season 171 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 10 Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others 11 Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Refer to the Safety Compliance Certification Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle 12 Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades e Treadwear The treadwear grade is a compar
39. a higher center of gravity such as utility and four wheel drive vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and four wheel drive vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers in these vehicles Failure to drive cautiously could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Loaded vehicles with a higher center of gravity may handle differently than unloaded vehicles Extra precautions such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance should be taken when driving a heavily loaded vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION OPERATION Brake shift interlock This vehicle is equipped with a brake shift interlock feature that prevents the gearshift lever from being moved from P Park when the ignition is in the ON position unless brake pedal is depressed If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of P Park with ignition in the ON position and the brake pedal depressed 1 Apply the parking brake turn ignition key to LOCK then remove the key 2 Remove the rubber pad at the bottom of the cup holder to locate the access cap of the floor shifter assembly 3 Using a screwdriver or equivalent remove the access panel and depress the shifter lever on the shift mec
40. and Security 3 Enter your personal 5 digit code Each number must be entered within five seconds of each other 4 Press 1 e 2 3 e 4 or 5 e 6 to indicate which of the three personal entry code positions you wish to use 5 The doors will again lock then unlock to confirm that your personal key code has been programmed to the module Tips e Do not set a code that uses five of the same number e Do not use five numbers in sequential order e The factory set code will work even if you have set your own personal code e If you program a code to a position that already contains a set code the previously set code will be erased Erasing personal code 1 Enter the factory set 5 digit code 2 Within five seconds press the 1 e 2 on the keypad and release 3 Press and hold the 1 e 2 for two seconds This must be done within five seconds of completing Step 2 All personal codes are now erased and only the factory set 5 digit code will work Anti scan feature If the wrong code has been entered 7 times 35 consecutive button presses the keypad will go into an anti scan mode This mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash The anti scan feature will turn off after e one minute of keypad inactivity e pressing the UNLOCK control on the remote entry transmitter e the ignition is turned to the 3 ON position Unlocking and locking the doors using keyless entry To unlock the driver s
41. and conditions EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM tC Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter which will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly e Use only the specified fuel listed e Avoid running out of fuel e Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds e Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed in scheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system 287 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications If other than Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized parts are used for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire Illumination of the Cc indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of
42. automatic one touch express opening feature Press and release the rear portion of the control To stop motion at any time during the one touch opening press the control again To close the moon roof The moon roof is equipped with an automatic one touch express closing feature Press and release the front portion of the control To stop motion at any time during the one touch closing press the control again Bounce back When an obstacle has been detected in the moon roof opening as the moon roof is closing the moon roof will automatically open and stop at a prescribed position 65 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Bounce back override To override bounce back within 2 seconds after reaching bounce back position if the switch is held in the close position the moon roof will close with a 20 25 percent increase of closing force before it will bounce back again If the switch is released before the moon roof reaches fully closed position the moon roof will stop For example Bounce Back Override can be used to overcome the resistance of ice on the moon roof or seals To vent e To tilt the moon roof into the vent position when the glass panel is closed press and hold the front portion of the control e To close the moon roof from the vent position press and hold the rear portion of the control until the glass panel stops moving The moon roof has a
43. be removed from the engine by an authorized dealer 7 Put the indicator back in and ensure it is fully seated Adding engine oil 1 Check the engine oil For instructions refer to Checking the engine oil in this chapter 2 If the engine oil level is not within the normal range add only certified engine oil of the recommended viscosity Remove the engine oil filler cap and use a funnel to pour the engine oil into the opening 3 Recheck the engine oil level Make sure the oil level is not above the upper hole on the engine oil level indicator dipstick 4 Install the indicator and ensure it is fully seated 268 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 5 Fully install the engine oil filler cap by turning the filler cap clockwise until three clicks can be heard To avoid possible oil loss DO NOT operate the vehicle with the engine oil level indicator and or the engine oil filler cap removed Engine Oil Recommendations 4 0L Engine Look for this certification trademark Use SAE 5W 30 engine oil Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufac
44. can t turn and if they aren t turning you won t be able to steer The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle Rapid pumping of the brake pedal will help you slow the vehicle and still maintain steering control If your vehicle has anti lock brakes apply the brakes steadily Do not pump the brakes Driving on snow and ice 4WD vehicles have advantages over 2WD vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop 218 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Avoid sudden braking as well Although a 4WD vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice it won t stop any faster because as in other vehicles braking occurs at all four wheels Do not become overconfident as to road conditions Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears In emergency stopping situations avoid locking of the wheels Use a squeeze technique push on the brake pedal with a steadily increasing force which allows the wheels to brake yet co
45. children pump fuel Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container e Place approved fuel container on the ground e DO NOT fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle including the cargo area e Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling e DO NOT use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position 281 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Fuel Filler Cap Your fuel tank filler cap has an indexed design with a 1 4 turn on off feature When fueling your vehicle 1 Turn the engine off 2 Carefully turn the filler cap counterclockwise 1 4 of a turn to unscrew the cap 3 Pull to remove the cap from the fuel filler pipe 4 Reinstall the cap on the filler pipe and turn it clockwise until at least one click is heard After refueling if the CHECK FUEL CAP indicator comes on and stays on when you start the engine the fuel filler cap may not be properly installed Turn off the engine remove the fuel filler cap align the cap properly and reinstall it securely The CHECK FUEL CAP indicator should turn off after three driving cycles with the fuel filler cap properly installed A driving cycle consists of a cold engine start up followed by mixed city highway driving If you must replace the fuel filler cap replace it with
46. chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag e Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface 254 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Cleaning WAXING Applying Motorcraft Paint Sealant ZC 45 to your vehicle every six months will assist in reducing minor scratches and paint damage e Wash the vehicle first e Do not use waxes that contain abrasives use Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A which is available from your authorized dealer or an equivalent quality product Do not allow paint sealant to come in contact with any non body ow gloss black colored trim such as grained door handles roof racks bumpers side moldings mirror housings or the windshield cowl area The paint sealant will gray or stain the parts over time PAINT CHIPS Your authorized dealer has touch up paint and sprays to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to your authorized dealer to ensure you get the correct color e Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips e Always read the instructions before using the products ALUMINUM WHEELS AND WHEEL COVERS Aluminum wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clearcoat paint fini
47. control is in the O or PS position e the transmission is not in park Always remember to turn on your headlamps at dusk or during inclement weather The Daytime Running Light DRL System does not activate your tail lamps and generally may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision High beams ZD Push the lever toward the instrument panel to activate Pull the lever towards you to deactivate Flash to pass Pull the lever toward you to activate Release the lever to deactivate 43 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights PANEL DIMMER CONTROL Use to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel when exterior X lights are on 5 e Rotate the thumbwheel from left to right to brighten the HD instrument panel L Rotate the thumbwheel from right to left to dim the instrument panel e Rotate to fully to the right past detent to turn on interior lamps Rotate to the left position past detent to turn off the interior lamps and will also disable the illuminated entry feature AIMING THE HEADLAMPS The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed before leaving the assembly plant If your vehicle is involved in an accident or if you have problems fixing the alignment of your headlamps have them checked by a qualified service technician Headlamp aim adjustment The h
48. does not illuminate at this time seek service immediately from your authorized dealer Illumination after releasing the parking brake indicates low brake fluid level and the brake system should be inspected immediately by your authorized dealer Driving a vehicle with the brake system warning light on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop the vehicle Have the vehicle checked by your authorized dealer continues to flash a malfunction has been detected have the system serviced immediately by your authorized dealer Normal braking is still functional unless the brake warning light also is illuminated Airbag readiness If this light fails o to illuminate when ignition is turned to ON continues to flash or remains IN on have the system serviced immediately by your authorized dealer A chime will also sound when a malfunction in the supplemental restraint system has been detected Safety belt Reminds you to fasten your safety belt A chime will also P sound to remind you to fasten your Anti lock brake system If the ABS light stays illuminated or ABs safety belt Charging system Illuminates when the battery is not charging properly e Standard instrument cluster E 14 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster ans lt Q A gS Engine oil pressure Illuminates when the oil pressure falls bel
49. e Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces e Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight e Always use a clean sponge or car wash mitt with plenty of water for best results e Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting e It is especially important to wash the vehicle regularly during the winter months as dirt and road salt are difficult to remove and cause damage to the vehicle e Immediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to the vehicle s paintwork and trim over time e Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash e Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash off as soon as possible e If your vehicle is equipped with running boards do not use rubber plastic and vinyl protectant products on the running board surface as the area may become slippery Exterior chrome e Wash the vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A e Use Custom Brite Metal Cleaner ZC 15 available from your authorized dealer Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other
50. e Smooth moderate operation can yield up to 10 savings in fuel e Steady speeds without stopping will usually give the best fuel economy e Idling for long periods of time greater than one minute may waste fuel Anticipate stopping slowing down may eliminate the need to stop Sudden or hard accelerations may reduce fuel economy Slow down gradually Driving at reasonable speeds traveling at 55 mph 88 km h uses 15 less fuel than traveling at 65 mph 105 km h Revving the engine before turning it off may reduce fuel economy e Using the air conditioner or defroster may reduce fuel economy You may want to turn off the speed control in hilly terrain if unnecessary shifting between third and fourth gear occurs Unnecessary shifting of this type could result in reduced fuel economy e Warming up a vehicle on cold mornings is not required and may reduce fuel economy e Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving may reduce fuel economy e Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving Maintenance e Keep tires properly inflated and use only recommended size e Operating a vehicle with the wheels out of alignment will reduce fuel economy e Use recommended engine oil Refer to Lubricant specifications in this chapter Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance items Follow the recommended maintenance schedule and owner maintenance checks found in scheduled maintenance information Conditions e Heav
51. effectiveness of the safety belts In frontal collisions the safety belt pretensioners can be activated alone or if the collision is of sufficient severity together with the front airbags 118 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Front safety belt energy management retractors The front outboard safety belt energy management retractors allow webbing to be pulled out of the retractor in a gradual and controlled manner in response to the occupant s forward momentum This helps reduce the risk of force related injuries to the occupant s chest by limiting the load on the occupant Refer to Safety restraints section in this chapter Determining if the Personal Safety System is operational The Personal Safety System uses a warning light in the instrument cluster or a back up tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Warning lights and chimes section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the Personal Safety System is not required The Restraints Control Module RCM monitors its own internal circuits and the circuits for the airbag supplemental restraints crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt buckle sensors and the driver seat position sensor In addition the RCM also monitors the restraints warning light in the instrument cluster A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the fol
52. engine Release the key as soon as the engine starts Important safety precautions When the engine starts the idle RPM runs faster to warm the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have the vehicle checked If the vehicle is operated in a heavy snow storm or blowing snow conditions the engine air induction may become partially clogged with snow and or ice If this occurs the engine may experience a significant reduction in power output At the earliest opportunity clear all snow and or ice away for the air induction inlet Before starting the vehicle 1 Make sure all occupants buckle their safety belts For more information on safety belts and their proper usage refer to the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter 2 Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off 193 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving e Make sure the parking brake is set e Make sure the gearshift is in P Park 3 Turn the key to 3 ON without GB turning the key to 4 START 4 G Some warning lights will briefly illuminate See Warning lights and chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information regarding the warning lights 194 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Starting the engine 1 Turn the key to 3 ON without turning the key to 4 START If 3 there is difficulty in
53. engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs services sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine This decal identifies engine displacement and gives some tune up specifications Please consult your Warranty Guide for complete emission warranty information On board diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with a computer that monitors the engine s emission control system This system is commonly known as the On Board Diagnostics System OBD II This OBD II system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle When the C indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Tempo
54. equipped Iluminates when the fuel level in the fuel tank is at or near empty refer to Fuel gauge in this chapter Low washer fluid if equipped Iluminates when the windshield washer fluid is low Turn signal Illuminates when the left or right turn signal or the hazard lights are turned on If the indicators stay on or flash faster check for a burned out bulb D Key in ignition warning chime Sounds when the key is left in the ignition in the OFF LOCK or ACCESSORY position and the driver s door is opened High beams Illuminates when the high beam headlamps are turned on Headlamps on warning chime Sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are on the ignition is off the key is not in the ignition and the driver s door is opened Turn signal warning chime Sounds when the turn signal lever has been activated to signal a turn and not turned off after the vehicle is driven more than 2 miles 8 2 km 17 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster Parking brake ON warning chime Sounds when the parking brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h Message center activation chime Sounds when the following warnings DOOR AJAR LOW FUEL LEVEL or LOW TIRE PRESSURE appear in the message center display for the first time GAUGES Speedometer Indicates the current vehicle speed E
55. fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Safety belt maintenance Inspect the safety belt systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters Gf equipped shoulder belt guide on seatback if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a collision Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a collision be replaced However if the collision was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted Failure to inspect and if necessary replace the safety belt assembly under the above conditions could result in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision For proper care of soiled safety belts refer to Interior in the Cleaning chapter AIRBAG SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS i 131 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt US
56. has been disabled or a chirp followed by a honk to indicate the system has been enabled Message center procedure For information on activating deactivating the autolock feature using the vehicle s message center if equipped refer to Message center information in the Driver Controls chapter Autounlock The autounlock feature will unlock all the doors when e the ignition is in the 3 ON position all the doors are closed and the vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h e the vehicle has then come to a stop and the ignition is turned to the 1 OFF LOCK or 2 ACC position and e the driver door is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being transitioned to the 1 OFF LOCK or 2 ACC position Note The doors will not autounlock if the vehicle has been electronically locked before the driver door is opened 105 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security Deactivating activating autounlock Your vehicle comes with the autounlock feature activated There are four methods to enable disable this feature e Through your authorized dealer or e Performing the power door lock control procedure or e Performing the keyless entry key pad Gf equipped procedure or e Performing the message center if equipped procedure Before following the activation or deactivation procedures make sure that the anti theft system is not armed ignition is
57. located on your instrument cluster displays important vehicle information 93 through a constant monitor of Nu WF vehicle systems You may select n00008 0 i display features on the message i center for a display of status The system will also notify you of potential vehicle problems with a display of system warnings followed by an indicator chime ii TRPA Ea E ca W E XXX Fit SERVICE Nu 13 F Nu 13 F Soon j 8b0000 0 Mi 600008 0 Mi XX Do a yN w oO SET UP PRESS RESET B E TO BEGIN al a Mt system creck OV gt R 000009 0 Mi Your display can show up to 6 reconfigurable telltales at one time What ever is displayed in the top left corner has the highest priority Selectable features Reset Press the RESET control to select and reset functions shown in the INFO menu SETUP menu text warnings and reconfigurable telltale warnings 76 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Info menu The Info menu items are shown on the top two lines of the message center Press the INFO control to display the following e Trip odometer Trip A and Trip B Distance to Empty Average Fuel Economy Instantaneous Fuel Economy Fuel Used e Trip Elapsed Drive Time e Blank Trip odometer Refer to Gauges in the Instrument Cluster chapter Distance to empty DTE S
58. may come into contact with a deploying Safety Canopy Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury oN in the event of a collision 142 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Do not lean your head on the door The Safety Canopy could injure you as it deploys from the headliner Do not attempt to service repair or modify the Safety Canopy system its fuses the A B or C pillar trim or the headliner on a vehicle containing a Safety Canopy See your authorized dealer All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag SRS and Safety Canopy system is provided To reduce risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the inflatable Safety Canopy How does the Safety Canopy system work The design and development of the Safety Canopy system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags including the Safety Canopy The Safety Canopy system consists of the following e An inflatable nylon curtain with an inflator concealed behind the headliner and above the doors one on each sid
59. minutes after start up or until the vehicle has been aired out For maximum cooling performance e Select and A C and recirculated air Use recirculated air with A C to provide a cooler airflow e Move the temperature control to the coolest setting 40 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Climate Controls To allow side window defogging and demisting while warming up the vehicle cabin 1 Select 2 Select A C 3 Set the temperature control to maintain comfort 4 Set the fan speed to the highest setting 5 Direct the outer instrument panel vents towards the side windows To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel Do not place objects on top of the instrument panel as these objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop Heated Windshield Control if equipped The heated windshield control is located on the instrument panel just under the climate controls To activate the heated windshield the engine must be running while the heated windshield control is pushed Once activated a small light on the button will illuminate The heated windshield will turn off automatically after e a period of up to 8 minutes when the outside air temperature is below 40 F e a period of up to 4 minutes when the outside air temperature is 40 QW F or above or e whe
60. not be properly installed Continued driving with this light on may cause the Service engine soon warning light to come on Refer to Fuel filler cap in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter e Standard instrument cluster wr e Optional instrument cluster Speed control Illuminates when the speed control is activated Turns off when the speed control system is deactivated O D off lluminates when the 0 D overdrive function of the transmission has been turned off OFF refer to the Driving chapter AdvanceTrac Flashes when the AdvanceTrac with RSC system is N active Illuminates solid when the system has been disabled by the driver or as a result of a system failure refer to the Driving chapter for more information Four wheel drive low if 4x4 equipped Illuminates when four wheel drive low is engaged If LOW the light fails to illuminate when the ignition is turned ON or remains on have the system serviced immediately by your authorized dealer 16 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster Four wheel drive high if 4x4 equipped Illuminates when four wheel drive is engaged If the light fails to iluminate when the ignition is turned ON or remains on have the system serviced immediately by your authorized dealer Door ajar Illuminates when the lm ignition is in the ON position and Jr any door is open Wy Low fuel if
61. occurs turn the ignition off remove all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart the engine Anti theft indicator The anti theft indicator is located on top of the instrument panel e When the ignition is in the 1 OFF LOCK position the indicator will flash once every 2 seconds to indicate the SecuriLock system is functioning as a theft deterrent e When the ignition is in the 3 ON position the indicator will glow for 3 seconds to indicate normal system functionality If a problem occurs with the SecuriLock system the indicator will flash rapidly or glow steadily when the ignition is in the 3 ON position If this occurs the vehicle should be taken to an authorized dealer for service 107 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security Automatic arming The vehicle is armed immediately 3 after switching the ignition to the 2 ACCESSORY position The theft indicator will flash every two seconds when the vehicle is 4 armed Q Automatic disarming Switching the ignition to the 3 ON position with a coded key disarms the vehicle e The theft indicator will illuminate for three seconds and then go out e If the theft indicator stays on for an extended period of time or flashes rapidly have the system serviced by your authorized dealer Replacement keys If your keys are lost or stolen and you don t have an extra coded key y
62. of cargo and luggage load capacity Another example for your vehicle with 1400 Ib 635 kg of cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you 4 of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 lb 99 kg each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 lb 13 5 kg each The calculation would be 1400 5 x 220 6 x 30 1400 1100 150 150 lb Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 5 x 99 kg 6 x 13 5 kg 685 495 67 5 72 5 kg A final example for your vehicle with 1400 lb 635 kg of cargo and luggage capacity You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past 2 years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for 12 100 Ib 45 kg bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 Ib 99 kg the calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 12 x 100 1400 440 1200 240 Ib No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 12 x 45 kg 635 198 540 103 kg You will need to reduce the load weight by at leas
63. of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death 95 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security KEYS One key operates the door and tailgate locks and starts the vehicle The tonneau cover if equipped uses a unique key Always carry a spare key with you in case of an emergency Your door and ignition keys are programmed to your vehicle using a non programmed key will not permit your vehicle to start If you lose your authorized dealer supplied keys replacement keys are available through your authorized dealer Refer to the SecuwriLock passive anti theft system section later in this chapter for more information POWER DOOR LOCKS Press control to unlock or lock all doors Smart unlocking feature The smart unlocking feature helps prevent you from locking yourself out of the vehicle With the key in any ignition position the driver s door will automatically unlock if it is locked using the lock control on the driver s door panel while the driver s door is open Power door lock unlock inhibit feature if equipped If the key is not in the ignition all doors are closed and the vehicle has been locked using the remote entry transmitter keypad Gf equipped or the power door unlock control on the door panel while a front door is open then subsequently closed the power door unlock control on the door panel will become disabled 20 seconds aft
64. of the passenger airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect check for the following e Objects lodged underneath the seat e Objects between the seat cushion and the center console if equipped Objects hanging off the seat back Objects stowed in the seatback map pocket Gf equipped Objects placed on the occupant s lap e Cargo interference with the seat e Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat e Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger sensing system The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above 138 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not stow objects in seat back map pocket if equipped or hang objects off seat back if a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center console Gf equipped Check the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag Status Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the front passenger seat sensing system In case there is a problem with the o front passenger sensing system the airbag readiness lamp in t
65. or OFF 3 Press the RESET control for the OFF next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO menu Autounlock This feature automatically unlocks all vehicle doors when the driver s door is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being turned off 1 To disable enable the autounlock feature select this function from the SET UP a RUTOUNLOCK 2 Press the RESET control to turn gt ON the autounlock ON or OFF 3 Press the RESET control for the OFF next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO menu 82 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Compass display The compass reading may be affected when you drive near large buildings bridges power lines and powerful broadcast antenna Magnetic or metallic objects placed in on or near the vehicle may also affect compass accuracy Usually when something affects the compass readings the compass will correct itself after a few days of operating your vehicle in normal conditions If the compass still appears to be inaccurate a manual calibration may be necessary Refer to Compass zone calibration adjustment Most geographic areas zones have a magnetic north compass point that varies slightly from the northerly direction on maps This variation is four degrees between adjacent zones and will become noticeable as the vehicle crosses multiple zones
66. or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 4 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Do not put washer fluid in the engine coolant reservoir Washer fluid placed in the cooling system may harm engine and cooling system components 265 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES 1 Pull the wiper arm away from the vehicle Turn the blade at an angle from the wiper arm Push the lock pin manually to release the blade and pull the wiper blade down _ toward the windshield to remove it from the arm 2 Attach the new wiper to the wiper arm and press it into place until a click is heard Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Poor wiper quality can be improved v v by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield refer to Windows and wiper blades in the Cleaning chapter To prolong the l
67. or without a trailer from the vehicle s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment 179 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment PAYLOAD Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ib for maximum payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry
68. pressing and holding both the and 2 buttons simultaneously on the remote entry transmitter for approximately 4 seconds The hazard lamps will flash twice to indicate that the vehicle has switched to one step unlocking Repeat the procedure to switch back to two step unlocking Locking the doors amp 1 Press A and release to lock all the doors The lamps will flash Note If any door is not closed properly the lamps will not flash until all doors are closed 2 Press and release again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed and locked Note The doors will lock again and the horn will make two quick chirps and the lamps will not flash until all the doors are closed Note If any door is not closed properly the horn will make two quick chirps Sounding a panic alarm Press D to activate the alarm The horn will sound and the parklamps will flash for a maximum of 3 minutes Press again or turn the ignition to the 3 ON position to deactivate or wait for the alarm to timeout in 3 minutes Note The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is in the 1 OFF LOCK position Replacing the battery The remote entry transmitter uses one coin type three volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent 99 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security To replace the battery 1 Twist a thin coin between the two halves of the remote entry transmitt
69. protection film attached and CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels should not be inserted into the CD player The label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed It is recommended that homemade CDs be identified with permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact your authorized dealer for further information Audio system warranty and service Refer to the Warranty Guide for audio system warranty information If service is necessary see your dealer or qualified technician Satellite radio information if equipped Satellite radio channels Satellite radio frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC SIRIUS Satellite Radio broadcasts within a frequency range of 2320 0 MHz 2332 5 MHz This frequency range is sub divided into over 120 channels of music news sports weather and traffic programming For a complete set of SIRIUS Satellite Radio channels visit www sirius com or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 For a quick reference of the SIRIUS Satellite Radio channel guide refer to the Sirius Welcome Kit Satellite radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio system Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect sate
70. replaced rather than repaired A dissimilar spare tire wheel is defined as a spare tire and or wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types 1 T type mini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall 2 Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS TIRE AND WHEEL FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above do not e Exceed 50 mph 80 km h e Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label e Tow a trailer 232 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time e Use commercial car washing equipment e Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability For vehicles equipped with 4WD it is not recommended that the vehicle be operated in 4WD modes with a temporary eme
71. safety belt upper anchorage and seatback which should be as upright as possible this can improve comfort T was in a hurry Prime time for an accident BeltMinder reminds us to take a few seconds to buckle up Safety belts don t work Safety belts when used properly reduce risk of death to front seat occupants by 45 in cars and by 60 in light trucks Traffic is light Nearly 1 of 2 deaths occur in single vehicle crashes many when no other vehicles are around Belts wrinkle my clothes Possibly but a serious crash can do much more than wrinkle your clothes particularly if you are unbelted The people I m with don t Set the example teen deaths occur wear belts 4 times more often in vehicles with TWO or MORE people Children and younger brothers sisters imitate behavior they see 128 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Reasons given Consider T have an airbag Airbags offer greater protection when used with safety belts Frontal airbags are not designed to inflate in rear and side crashes or rollovers Td rather be thrown clear Not a good idea People who are ejected are 40 times more likely to DIE Safety belts help prevent ejection WE CAN T PICK OUR CRASH Do not sit on top of a buckled safety belt to avoid the BeltMinder chime Sitting on the safety belt will increase the risk
72. sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates airbag inflation The fact that the airbags did not inflate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Front airbags are designed to activate in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollover side impact or rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds e g baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions swelling or temporary hearing loss Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away
73. severity and modify the deployment strategy of the dual stage airbags and safety belt pretensioners Driver s seat position sensor The driver s seat position sensor allows your Personal Safety System to tailor the deployment level of the driver dual stage airbag based on seat position The system is designed to help protect smaller drivers sitting close to the driver airbag by providing a lower airbag output level Front passenger sensing system For airbags to do their job they must inflate with great force and this force can pose a potentially deadly risk to occupants that are very close to the airbag when it begins to inflate For some occupants this occurs 117 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints because they are initially sitting very close to the airbag For other occupants this occurs when the occupant is not properly restrained by safety belts or child safety seats and they move forward during pre crash braking The most effective way to reduce the risk of unnecessary injuries is to make sure all occupants are properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are much safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front Air bags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active air bag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the s
74. sliding shade that can be opened or closed when the glass panel is shut To close the shade pull it toward the front of the vehicle Accessory delay With accessory delay the window switches audio system and moon roof Gf equipped may be used for up to 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position or until either front door is opened STANDARD MESSAGE CENTER IF EQUIPPED With the ignition in the ON position the message center located on your Ni WF instrument cluster displays i important vehicle information 00800 0 rt through a constant monitor of vehicle systems You may select display features on the message center for a display of status The system will also notify you of potential vehicle problems with a display of system warnings followed by an indicator chime Selectable features Press and release the TRIP RESET Ni IF control switch to scroll and reset L the following functions Select or reset the function by holding the O00000 0 Mi ua TRIP RESET button for more that 2 seconds 66 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Info menu This menu displays the following control displays e Odometer Trip Odometer Trip A and Trip B e Distance to Empty e Average Fuel Economy e Setup Menu Odometer Trip odometer Refer to Gauges in the Instrument Cluster chapter Distance to empty DTE Selecting this function from the
75. the GCW of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the GVWR of the towing vehicle The GCW must never exceed the GCWR Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options no cargo internal or external a tongue load of 183 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 10 15 conventional trailer or king pin weight of 15 25 fifth wheel trailer and driver only 150 lb 68 kg Consult your authorized dealer or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your authorized dealer for more detailed information Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch Examples For a 5 000 lb 2 268 kg conventional trailer multiply 5 000 by 0 10 and 0 15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 Ib 227 to 340 kg For an 11 500 lb 5 216 kg fifth wheel trailer multiply by 0 15 and 0 25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1 725 to 2 875 Ib 782 to 1 304 kg Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the
76. the On Board Diagnostics System OBD II has detected a malfunction Refer to On board diagnostics OBD II in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle serviced immediately by your authorized dealer If the light remains ON while driving the temperature of the engine may be too high refer to Engine coolant in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter the fuel system interior floor coverings or other vehicle components possibly causing a fire Powertrain malfunction indicator luminates when a powertrain or a 4x4 fault has been detected Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible e Standard instrument cluster a e Optional instrument cluster RE amp Aes 13 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster Brake system warning light To confirm the brake system warning P light is functional it will momentarily illuminate when the BRAKE ignition is turned to the ON position when the engine is not running or in a position between ON and START or by applying the parking brake when the ignition is turned to the ON position If the brake system warning light
77. the anTOLOCKS SETUP MENU gt ON OFF 2 Press and hold the TRIP RESET control switch to turn the autolock feature ON or OFF 70 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls 3 Press the TRIP RESET control switch for the next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO MENU Autounlock This feature automatically unlocks all vehicle doors when the driver s door is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being turned off 1 To disable enable the autounlock feature select this function from the AUTOUNLEIS SETUP MENU gt ON OFF 2 Press and hold the TRIP RESET control switch to turn the autounlock ON or OFF 3 Press the TRIP RESET control switch for the next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO MENU Oil Life Start Value 1 Select this function from the SETUP MENU for the current display mode 2 Press and hold the TRIP RESET control switch to reset oil change 3 Press the TRIP RESET control switch for the next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO MENU Note Oil Life Start Value of 100 equals 5 000 miles 8 000 km and 180 days Setting Oil Life Start Value to 60 sets the Oil Life Start Value to 3 000 miles 4 828 km and 120 days Compass display The compass heading is displayed as one of N NE E SE S SW W and NW in the message center display
78. the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer Failure to replace the Belt and Retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in collisions Combination lap and shoulder belts 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e Front and rear seats 2 To unfasten push the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle e Front and rear seats 121 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts All of the passenger combination lap and shoulder belts have two types of locking modes described below Vehicle sensitive mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of approximately 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers Automatic locking mode When to use the automatic locking mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automati
79. tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires For T type mini spare tires see T Type Mini Spare Tire Information section for description Store and maintain at 60psi 4 15 bar For Full Size and Dissimilar spare tires see Dissimilar Spare Tire Wheel Information section for description Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on Safety Compliance Certification Label or the Tire Label 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges TIRE CARE Inspecting your tires Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves Check for holes or cuts that may permit air leakage from 165 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading the tire and make necessary repairs Also inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail Improper or inad
80. to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine 256 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Cleaning 4 0L SOHC V6 Engine 4 6L V8 Engine e Never wash or rinse the engine while it is running water in the running engine may cause internal damage PLASTIC NON PAINTED EXTERIOR PARTS Use only approved products to clean plastic parts These products are available from your authorized dealer e For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A e If tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 e For plastic headlamp lenses use Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES The windshield rear and side windows and the wiper blades should be cleaned regularly If the wipers do not wipe properly substances on the vehicle s glass or the wiper blades may be the cause These may include hot wax treatments used by commercial car washes water repellant 257 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Cleaning coatings tree sap or other organic contamination these contaminants may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the blades and streaking and smearing of the windshield To clean these items follow these tips e The windshield rear windows and side windows may be cleaned with a non abrasive cleaner such as Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass C
81. to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury 175 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Changing tires with TPMS Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor fastened to the inside rim of the wheel The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed The pressure sensor is located opposite 180 degrees from the valve stem Care must be taken when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge refer to Inflating your tires in this chapter Understanding your Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The Tire Pressure Monitoring System measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The Low Tire Warning Lamp will turn ON if the tire pressure is 25 below the pressure listed on the Tire Label located on the B pillar or edge of the driver s door Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns ON and a short time later turns OFF your tire pressure still needs to be checked When your temp
82. to the appropriate schedule listed in the scheduled maintenance information Ford production and aftermarket Motorcraft oil filters are designed for added engine protection and long life If a replacement oil filter is used that does not meet Ford material and design specifications start up engine noises or knock may be experienced It is recommended you use the appropriate Motorcraft oil filter or another brand meeting Ford specifications for your engine application 270 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications BATTERY Your vehicle is equipped with a y LONG Motorcraft maintenance free battery R which normally does not require l additional water during its life of service If your battery has a cover shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your fac
83. trailer tow option package Trailer towing puts additional loads on your vehicle s engine transmission axle brakes tires and suspension For your safety and to maximize vehicle performance be sure to use the proper equipment while towing Follow these guidelines to ensure safe towing procedure e Stay within your vehicle s load limits e Thoroughly prepare your vehicle for towing Refer to Preparing to tow in this chapter e Use extra caution when driving while trailer towing Refer to Driving while you tow in this chapter e Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer Refer to the severe duty schedule in the scheduled maintenance information e Do not tow a trailer until your vehicle has been driven at least 500 miles 800 km Refer to the instructions included with towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications Do not exceed the maximum loads listed on the Safety Compliance Certification label For load specification terms found on the label refer to Vehicle loading in this chapter when figuring the total weight of your vehicle 186 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Your vehicle is equipped with a standard Class II integrated hitch and requires only a draw bar and ball with a 19 mm 8 4 inch shank diameter An optional Class III Class IV hitch is also available Note Do not exceed the GVWR or t
84. type of child seat eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat For forward facing child seats the tether strap must also be attached to the proper tether anchor See Attaching child safety seats with tether straps in this chapter 156 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Your vehicle has LATCH anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol Never attach two LATCH child safety seats to the same anchor In a crash one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death The lower anchors for child seat installation are located at the rear section of the second row seat between the cushion and seat back The LATCH anchors are below the O O a locator symbols on the seat back The anchors on the 2nd row outboard seats are provided only to install child seats at the outboard seats DO NOT install a child seat at the center 2nd row seat using LATCH attachments rigid or mounted on belt webbing mounted to the inboard lower anchors at the outboard seats If 157 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints you install a child seat at the center 2nd row position use the vehicle belt and the top tether anchor
85. until it reaches normal operating temperature Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute Turn the A C on and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute Oo Oe Drive the vehicle to complete the relearning process e The vehicle may need to be driven to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy e If you do not allow the engine to relearn its idle trim the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the idle trim is eventually relearned When the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the transmission must relearn its adaptive strategy As a result of this the transmission may shift firmly This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation to its optimum shift feel If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has been installed the clock and the preset radio stations must be reset once the battery is reconnected 272 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Always dispose of automotive batteries in a responsible manner s S Follow your local authorized Y A t standards for disposal Call your local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries RECYCLE ENGINE COOLANT Checking engine coolant The concentration and level of eng
86. use booster seats Children need to use booster seats from the time they outgrow the toddler seat until they are big enough for the vehicle seat and lap shoulder belt to fit properly Generally this is when they weigh about 80 Ib 86 kg about 8 to 12 years old Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions e Can the child sit all the way back against the vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat without slouching Does the lap belt rest low across the hips Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip 147 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Types of booster seats There are two types of belt positioning booster seats e Those that are backless gt If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield and use the lap shoulder belt If a seating position has a low seat back and no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head top of ear level above the top of the a seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back and lap shoulder belts Those with a high back If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choi
87. using snow tires or traction devices may be necessary Ford offers tire cables as a Ford approved accessory and recommends use of these or SAE class S tire cables See is queried dealer for more information on tire cables for your vehicle Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and traction devices e Cables or chains should only be used on the rear wheels e Install cables or chains securely verifying that the cables or chains do not touch any wiring brake lines or fuel lines Drive cautiously If you hear the cables or chains rub or bang against the vehicle stop and retighten them If this does not work remove the cables or chains to prevent vehicle damage Avoid overloading your vehicle e Remove the cables or chains when they are no longer needed e Do not use cables or chains on dry roads e Do not exceed 30 mph 48 km h with tire cables or chains on your vehicle Consult your authorized dealer for information on other Ford Motor Company approved methods of traction control VEHICLE LOADING WITH AND WITHOUT A TRAILER This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with
88. which may result in possible personal injury Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled fp Gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel e Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle e Always turn off the vehicle before refueling e Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin and or clothing promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation 280 2007 07 Exp
89. will result in less vehicle control not more Additionally smooth variations of the accelerator and or brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called for Avoid abrupt steering acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and or personal injury Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel 214 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving e In the event of an emergency stop avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and four wheel drive vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and four wheel drive vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers in these vehicles Failure to drive cautiously could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another i e from concrete to gravel there will be a change in the way the vehicle responds to a maneuver steering acceleration or braking Again avoid these abrupt inputs Parking On some 4WD ve
90. with a low power steering pump fluid level below the MIN mark on the reservoir e Some noise is normal during operation If the noise is excessive check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your authorized dealer e Heavy or uneven steering efforts may be caused by low power steering pump fluid level Check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your authorized dealer Do not fill the power steering pump reservoir above the MAX mark on the reservoir as this may result in leaks from the reservoir If the power steering system breaks down or if the engine is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort If the steering wanders or pulls check for e an improperly inflated tire e uneven tire wear e loose or worn suspension components e loose or worn steering components e improper steering alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander pull PREPARING TO DRIVE Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Your vehicle has larger tires and increased ground clearance giving the vehicle a higher center of gravity than a passenger car 202 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Vehicles with
91. 002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Power is supplied to all four wheels through a transfer case or power transfer unit 4WD vehicles allow you to select different drive modes as necessary Information on transfer case operation and shifting procedures can be found in the Driving chapter Information on transfer case maintenance can be found in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter You should become thoroughly familiar with this information before you operate your vehicle On some 4WD models the initial shift from two wheel drive to 4WD while the vehicle is moving can cause a momentary clunk and ratcheting sound These sounds are normal as the front drivetrain comes up to speed and is not cause for concern Do not become overconfident in the ability of 4WD and AWD vehicles Although a 4WD or AWD vehicle may accelerate better than two wheel drive vehicle in low traction situations it won t stop any faster than two wheel drive vehicles Always drive at a safe speed How your vehicle differs from other vehicles SUV and trucks can differ from some other vehicles in a few noticeable ways Your vehicle may be e Higher to allow higher load carrying capacity and to allow it to travel over rough terrain without getting hung up or damaging underbody components Shorter to give it the capability to approach inclines and drive over the crest of a hill without getting hung up or damaging underbody componen
92. 04 c 2 U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified 161 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AAA BC The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature AB C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire
93. 2 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag SRS its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag See your authorized dealer All occupants of the vehicle should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag SRS is provided How does the side airbag system work The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags The side airbag system consists of the following e An inflatable nylon bag airbag with an inflator concealed behind the outboard bolster of the driver and front passenger seatbacks A special seat cover designed to allow airbag deployment e The same warning light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front airbags e Crash sensors located on the front doors and C pillars one sensor on each pillar on each side of the vehicle Side airbags in combination with safety belts can help reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact collision The side airbags are fitted on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats In certain lateral collisions the airbag on the side affected by the collision will be inflated
94. 273 refill capacities 00 277 297 specifications sssri 294 297 Cruise control see Speed control ee 60 Customer Assistance 000 221 Ford Extended Service PHAN errotuen rone 251 Getting assistance outside the U S and Canada 252 Getting roadside assistance 221 Getting the service you NEE co5 wnstsebenccecdedacds aencsernahacse 247 Ordering additional owner s literature sissccbssisdeasiecassesessteee 252 Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Program 250 D Daytime running lamps see Lamps cccccescseessteeeeeens 43 306 Dipstick automatic transmission VIG E E AE E E E 290 Engine Oll o coiere 266 Doors lubricant specifications 294 Driveline universal joint and SHIP YOKE c cacecseccssncteeessnerioenstse 291 Driving under special conditions sses 211 214 217 SANG facia E E EO 216 SNOW anq ice sissors 218 through water ssssrerscia 216 220 Dual automatic temperature control DATC eee 38 E Electronic message center 66 76 Emergencies roadside jJump starting 0 eee 241 Emergency Flashers 0 223 Emission control system 287 ENSING ssscsascdesssigiivehessecadonageaneadives 297 CLEANING ss aaciscavccenecsaaK Waasnesbcsees 256 COOlANE seses inen y n eS 273 fail safe cooling c ee 278 idle speed control 271 lubrication specifications 0
95. 279 FUSES erer nierien 224 226 G Garage door Opener 008 53 Gas cap see Fuel cap 282 Gas mileage see Fuel economy 00008 284 GUS OS eple an a ARET 18 H Hazard flashers sricrosiiiir 223 Head restraints seircriieccross 110 Headlamps ccccccccscsscceesseeeeeeee 42 AMINE ssceissncsanes scevsanctenresedvessaaneved 44 bulb specifications 00 46 daytime running lights 43 flash to pass seosega 43 high DCAM sisser 43 turning on and off 0 42 Heating heating and air conditioning GVSUGINL aeret roe RE 36 38 HOO criaron RAE 262 I TONIO iseni 193 297 Illuminated visor mirror 52 Infant seats see Safety seats oo eee 150 Inspection maintenance I M GOSUNG ooir ia E AARE 289 Instrument panel Cleaning os sz spices sstederareciesiesacsvee 258 CUSTE s2csicksdesveicaiestesncesvesvecedinicss 12 J JACK rroen 231 235 POSITIONING eerscstaststciecers 231 237 SCOTASE irasan 231 235 236 Jump starting your vehicle 241 307 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Index K Keyless entry system 0 00 102 autolock seas keypad locking and unlocking doors 103 programming entry code 102 Keys erensia k 108 positions of the ignition 193 L Lamps bulb replacement specifications chart 46 daytime running light 43 FOS lamps serronanrenscnsse 42
96. 3 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 4 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can relearn its idle conditions 245 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies WRECKER TOWING If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if you are a member of a roadside assistance program your roadside assistance service provider It is recommended that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift or flatbed equipment Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure If the vehicle s battery is discharged refer to Automatic transmission operation in the Driving chapter for directions on how to move the gearshift lever out of the P Park position for proper towing On 4x2 vehicles it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground without dollies and the rear wheels off the ground On 4x4 AWD vehicles it is recommended that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground If the vehicle is towed by other means or incorrectly vehicle damage ma
97. 42 and child safety seats 133 description 132 140 142 disposal cosa ssysescgss jabdageree vedsdesies 145 driver airbag 134 141 148 indicator light 0 140 145 operation s 134 141 148 passenger airbag 134 141 148 Side Airbag ceeeeeceeeeseeeeees 140 Ambulance packages c 8 Antifreeze see Engine coolant 273 Anti lock brake system SCG BrakeS cscs sesso vteeietes 196 Anti theft system 107 Audio system see Radio 21 26 Automatic transmission driving an automatic OVETOLIVE sc vcsacascaevecsestc tse 205 208 fluid adding 0 0 290 fluid checking 290 fluid refill capacities 297 fluid specification 297 Auxiliary power point 54 Axle lubricant specifications c6 294 297 refill capacities cc eee 297 B Battery i ccidiccssisetcencertgbhedeecticte 271 Index acid treating emergencies 271 jumping a disabled battery 241 maintenance free 0 66 271 replacement specifications 292 SOL VICIIG Sirini Seia Ee 271 BeltMinder ccceccceeeeeteeeees 126 Brakes gc ceciiassstesssectsspseeccetensdens sane 196 ANUIHLOGK T 196 anti lock brake system ABS warning light eee 196 fluid checking and adding 290 fluid refill capacities 297 fluid specifications 294 297 lubricant specifications
98. 59 Power point eee eeeeeeeeeees 54 55 Power steering ocienonsicsiarw 202 fluid checking and adding 289 fluid refill capacity 297 fluid specifications 294 297 Power Windows c cccceeeeeeeees 55 Preparing to drive your VOUICIE v sethccrctaeesnneteaindt netics 202 R Radioen a 21 26 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Relays o ccccccccceeesssscceceeeeeesesseees 224 Remote entry system 97 98 illuminated entry cc0 101 locking unlocking doors 98 99 PANic alarM oo ceeeeees 99 replacing the batteries 99 Roadside assistance 0 660 221 S Safety Belt Maintenance 131 Safety belts see Safety restraints sisisi 116 119 124 Safety Canopy 140 142 1438 Safety defects reporting 253 Safety restraints 116 119 124 belt minder ou 126 extension assembly 125 f r AGUIGS eresse 120 123 for children 0 0 145 146 Occupant Classification METIS OD scr TA 117 safety belt maintenance 131 warning light and chime 126 Safety seats for children 150 Safety Compliance Certification Label 0 00000 299 Seat belts see Safety restraints 116 SEALS orre NGN 110 child safety seats 0 00 0 150 front seats ccceceeeeeeeeeeees 111 heated 0 ccceeessseeeeeeeeeees 114 SecuriLock passiv
99. A fus Driving Once through water always try the brakes Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud Even 4WD vehicles can lose traction in slick mud As when you are driving over sand apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels If the vehicle does slide steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle If the transmission transfer case or front axle are submerged in water their fluids should be checked and changed if necessary Driving through deep water may damage the transmission If the front or rear axle is submerged in water the axle lubricant should be replaced After driving through mud clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components Tread Lightly is an educational program designed to increase public awareness of land use regulations and responsibilities in our nations wilderness areas Ford Motor Company joins the U S Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management in encouraging you to help preserve our national forest and other public and private lands by treading lightly Driving on hilly or sloping terrain Although natural
100. A fus Seating and Safety Restraints Important SRS precautions The SRS is designed to work with the safety belt to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries Airbags DO NOT inflate slowly there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an air bag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 cm between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries To properly position yourself away from the airbag e Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably e Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position Do not put anything on or over the airbag module Placing objects on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury 132 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Do not attempt to service repa
101. EEK gt to scroll through tracks within the selected folder Compression Brings soft and loud CD passages together for a more consistent listening level when in CD mode Press MENU until compression status is displayed Press A IV to turn the feature on off 4 AUX Press to access AUX modes If no auxiliary sources are oA available NO AUX AUDIO will be displayed To return to radio mode press AM FM If equipped with Satellite Radio press AUX to cycle through SAT 1 SAT2 and SAT3 modes Satellite radio is available only in the continental United States with a valid SIRIUS subscription 5 Seek In radio mode press lt q n gt to access the previous next seex I SEEK strong station In CD mode press lt q i gt to access the previous next CD track In Satellite Radio mode if equipped press lt SEEK gt to seek to the previous next channel If a specific category is selected Jazz Rock News etc press lt q SEEK gt to seek to the previous next channel in the selected category Press and hold lt q SEEK to fast seek through the previous next channels In TEXT MODE press lt Q SEEK P gt to view the previous additional display text In CATEGORY MODE press lt q SEEK to select a category Satellite radio is available only in the continental United States with a valid SIRIUS subscription 23 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 6 Pla
102. G COMPONENTS IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT 4 0L SOHC V6 engine a p f OLE One Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick out of view Brake fluid reservoir Power distribution box Battery Power steering fluid reservoir Radiator cap Engine coolant reservoir Air filter assembly 10 Washer fluid reservoir O oND OD H 263 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 4 6L V8 engine O i a NS a a _d gone j Sa 10 Air filter assembly Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Brake fluid reservoir Power distribution box Battery Power steering fluid reservoir Radiator cap CoONA ATR WY Engine coolant reservoir 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 264 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID lt 7 Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low In very cold weather do not fill the reservoir completely Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specification WSB M8B16 A2 Do not use any special washer fluid such as windshield water repellent type fluid or bug wash They may cause squeaking chatter noise streaking and smearing Refer to the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section in this chapter State
103. IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX TYPE XXX XXXXX EXT PNT _ XX RC XX DSO WB BRK TINTTR PPS R AXLE SPR T XXXXX XXX X XX X XX X XX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX WN XXXX XXXXXXX XX Five speed automatic 5R55S Six speed automatic 6R60 301 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Accessories GENUINE FORD ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE A wide selection of Genuine Ford Accessories are available for your vehicle through your local Ford or Ford of Canada dealer These quality accessories have been specifically engineered to fulfill your automotive needs they are custom designed to complement the style and aerodynamic appearance of your vehicle In addition each accessory is made from high quality materials and meets or exceeds Ford s rigorous engineering and safety specifications Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly dealer installed Genuine Ford Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessory The accessories will be warranted for whichever provides you the greatest benefit e 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km whichever occurs first or e the remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty This means that Genuine Ford Accessories purchased along with your new vehicle and installed by a dealer are
104. INFO MENU estimates XXX FULES approximately how far you can drive TOT with the fuel remaining in your tank TEMPTS ee under normal driving conditions Remember to turn the ignition OFF when refueling to allow this feature to correctly detect the added fuel The DTE function will display LOW FUEL LEVEL and sound a tone for one second when you have approximately 50 miles 80 km to empty If you RESET this warning message this display and tone will return within 10 minutes DTE is calculated using a running average fuel economy which is based on your recent driving history of 500 miles 800 km This value is not the same as the average fuel economy display The running average fuel economy is reinitialized to a factory default value if the battery is disconnected Average fuel economy AFE Select this function to display your average fuel economy in miles gallon AVERAGE FUEL or liters km XXX APG If you calculate your average fuel u economy by dividing miles traveled by gallons of fuel used liters of fuel used by 100 kilometers traveled your figure may be different than displayed for the following reasons e Your vehicle was not perfectly level during fill up 67 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls e Differences in the automatic shut off points on the fuel pumps at service stations e Variations in top off procedure from one fill up to another
105. If the front passenger sensing system detects an empty seat the front passenger seat mounted side airbag will be deactivated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact collisions 141 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The airbag SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates airbag inflation The fact that the airbags did not inflate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Side airbags are designed to inflate in side impact collisions not roll over rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation If the side airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision Safety Canopy system if equipped fe Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that
106. Introduction Instrument Cluster Warning lights and chimes Gauges Entertainment Systems AM FM stereo with CD AM FM stereo with in dash six CD Climate Controls Manual heating and air conditioning Automatic temperature control Lights Driver Controls Windshield wiper washer control Steering wheel adjustment Power windows Mirrors Speed control Moon roof Message center Locks and Security Keys Locks Anti theft system Seating and Safety Restraints Seating Safety restraints Airbags Child restraints 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Table of Contents 4 12 12 18 21 21 26 36 36 38 42 51 51 51 55 59 60 65 66 96 96 96 107 110 110 116 131 145 Table of Contents Tires Wheels and Loading Tire Information Tire Inflation Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Vehicle loading Trailer towing Recreational towing Driving Starting Brakes Traction control AdvanceTrac Transmission operation Roadside Emergencies Getting roadside assistance Hazard flasher switch Fuel pump shut off switch Fuses and relays Changing tires Lug Nut Torque Jump starting Wrecker towing Customer Assistance Reporting safety defects U S only Cleaning 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus 159 161 163 175 179 186 191 193 193 196 198 203 221 221 223 223
107. M and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 7 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio reception factors There are three factors that can affect radio reception e Distance strength The further you travel from an FM station the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings power lines electric fences traffic lights and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a broadcast tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and play while the weak station frequency is displayed CD CD player care Do e Handle discs by their edges only Never touch the playing surface e Inspect discs before playing Clean only with an approved CD cleaner and wipe from the center out 31 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Don t e Expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods of time e Clean using a circular motion CD units are designed to play commercially pressed 4 75 in 12 cm audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Dirty warped or damaged CDs irregular shaped CDs CDs with a scratch
108. NU until compression status is displayed Press A IV to turn the feature on off 4 AUX Press to access AUX modes If no auxiliary sources are aux available NO AUX AUDIO will be displayed To return to radio mode press AM FM If equipped with Satellite Radio press AUX to cycle through SAT1 SAT2 and SAT3 modes Satellite radio is available only in the continental United States with a valid SIRIUS subscription 28 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 5 Seek Press to access the previous lt q or next P strong seex seexe station or CD track In Satellite Radio mode if equipped press A SEEK Pe to seek to the previous next channel If a specific category is selected Jazz Rock News etc press lt q SEEK gt to seek to the previous next channel in the selected category Press and hold lt q SEEK gt to fast seek through the previous next channels In TEXT MODE press lt Q SEEK gt to view the previous additional display text In CATEGORY MODE press lt SEEK gt to select a category Satellite radio is available only in the continental United States with a valid SIRIUS subscription 6 Play Pause This control is operational in CD mode When a CD is playing press to pause or play the current CD The CD status will display in the radio display 7 SHUFFLE Press to play the tracks on the current disc in random order 8 FOLDE
109. R In folder mode press to access next folder on MP3 discs if available 9 lt q FOLDER In folder mode press to access the previous folder on MP3 discs if available 10 FF Fast forward Press to manually advance in a CD track 11 REW Rewind Press to manually reverse in a CD track 29 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 12 Memory presets To set a station select the desired frequency band AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station Press and hold a preset button until sound returns and PRESET SAVED appears in the display You can save up to 18 stations six in AM six in FM1 and FM2 In Satellite Radio mode if equipped there are 18 available presets six each for SAT1 SAT2 and SATS To save satellite channels in your memory presets tune to the desired channel then press and hold a preset control until sound returns Satellite radio is available only in the continental United States with a valid SIRIUS subscription 13 TEXT SCAN In radio and Ea CD MP3 mode press and hold to hear a brief sampling of radio stations or CD tracks Press again to stop In CD MP3 mode press and release to display track title artist name and disc title and file name if available In Satellite radio mode if equipped press and release to enter TEXT MODE and display the current song title While in TEXT MODE press again to scroll through the current
110. Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Driving while you tow When towing a trailer e Keep your speed no faster than 70 mph 112 km h during the first 500 miles 800 km of towing a trailer and don t make full throttle starts Turn off the speed control The speed control may shut off automatically when you are towing on long steep grades Consult your local motor vehicle speed regulations for towing a trailer e To eliminate excessive shifting use a lower gear This will also assist in transmission cooling For additional information refer to the Driving with an automatic transmission section in the Driving chapter e Under extreme conditions with large frontal trailers high outside temperatures and highway speeds the coolant gauge may indicate higher than normal coolant temperatures If this occurs reduce speed until the coolant temperature returns to the normal range Refer to Engine coolant temperature gauge in the Instrument Cluster chapter e Anticipate stops and brake gradually e Do not exceed the GCWR rating or transmission damage may occur Servicing after towing If you tow a trailer for long distances your vehicle will require more frequent service intervals Refer to your Scheduled Maintenance Information for more information Trailer towing tips e Practice turning stopping and backing up before starting on a trip to get the feel of the vehicle trailer combinat
111. VER IF EQUIPPED The tonneau cover has been designed to maximize fuel economy and should be fully installed whenever possible The rear panel can be folded in half and secured behind the cab or the whole cover can be removed completely from the vehicle To avoid damage to the cover do not operate the vehicle unless the cover is fully installed and securely latched or securely stowed To avoid damage to the cover do not stand sit or load anything on top of the cover The tonneau cover has been designed to be a water resistant system A small amount of water may drain into the pickup box with the cover installed To open the front panel e Open the driver side lock cover and unlock the front panel using the Tonneau cover key Lift the panel to access items in the pickup box near the cab To close lower the panel down on the pickup box Do not drive with front panel unlocked or folded on top of the rear panel 91 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls To open the rear panel e Open the lock cover and unlock the rear panel using the Tonneau cover key e Lift the rear panel to access items in the pickup box To close lower the rear panel on the pickup box To stow the rear panel e Before driving with the rear panel open unlock the rear panel e Lift the rear panel up lay it on top of the front panel and secure it with the two straps to
112. With speed control set you can maintain a speed of 30 mph 48 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal Speed control does not work at speeds below 30 mph 48 km h Do not use the speed control in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding slippery or unpaved 60 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Setting speed control The controls for using your speed control are located on the steering wheel for your convenience 1 Press the ON control and release it 2 Accelerate to the desired speed 3 Press the SET control and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal 5 The indicator light 6 on the instrument cluster will turn on Note Driver Controls e Vehicle speed may vary momentarily when driving up and down a steep hill If the vehicle speed increases above the set speed on a downhill you may want to apply the brakes to reduce the speed If the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed on an uphill your speed control will disengage 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus 61 Driver Controls Resuming a set speed Press the RES resume control and release it This will automatically return the vehicle to the previously set speed The RES control will not work if the vehicle speed is not faster than 30 mph 48 km h Increasing speed whil
113. ZW SSM epeueg ZI dSTOZMS OXO Sn dSb 0ZMS OX YAR UOTYROYyTAED IdV WM V 6660CIN SSM peuo 6IdS TOEMS OXD SN dSO 0 MS OX 9T LET66NW SSM VIA uonvIyn d s pIo I QUNN Jed PLOT queouiqn T XV Ieoy wn 06 M08 AVS Veto1ojoj queoLqn XV Y MP YJUA OPT MGL IJe1910 0 ALV dS oNOOUdN YLeIIJON ALV A oNOQYAN Ye19 101 0 pCepeurd TO I0 Jo umuq 19dng OS MS AVS YLeIDI0J0NW SN TO 10 0 puesta IYOYJU S WNTW Id OS MS AVS Yeso10j0W plepeued TO JoJo umuq Iadng OEMS AVS YEIDI0JON SN TO 1010 puojg oygu4s unuq OEMS AVS Yeso10j0W seed LoT doy wayshs BUTJOOD 4eII10 0 quoTeAmMbe IO IMWLEN AV PIOA TET squid Lg TILT squrd g g 19 01D syrenb ZIT zT syenb p gZI T29 s tenb 0 9 TLF Sytenb o g CAMP PING exe JUO pmp oxe ey 1PM 0999 UOISSTUIsSUBI ONLUomy 1P Sgsug UOISSTUISUBI onewomy ursu J9 p 0 oulsug ursu TO P TO oulsug s d yeg doys w s s Sul ooD 295 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 19 P V OS60ZN SSM 10 TO P V 6Z60ZN SSM UOTeooeds p10 JO sjUSUTEIMbeI oy Joour pue YEU Uey IdV 94 eaey ATUO p u IO ouIsUy ATOYepUeUT JOU ST IO 1OJOUT pu jq IM YJU S IO MJ YJU S JO SN gpotyaa MOA ul poddinbe Ayeurlst10 adA y JuRTOOD 94 PPV ueTOIUpIe peyTenb e Aq paypay aq pmoys eae pmyy pue pmyy uorsstusues Jo ymowe oy T9009 Yyuey ul ue yy
114. a child s reach Unsupervised children could lock themselves in the box and risk injury Children should be taught not to play in vehicles On hot days the temperature in the pickup box can rise very quickly Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries including brain damage Small children are particularly at risk CARGO AREA FEATURES Cargo management system The cargo management system consists of a storage compartment located in the floor of the pickup box 93 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls 1 To open pull the release handle located on the inside of the pickup box and lift the lid 2 To close lower the lid and push down until it clicks Pickup box storage compartment The storage compartments are located inside the pickup box behind the wheel wells 1 Turn latch counterclockwise to unlock and open the storage compartment 2 To close lower the lid and turn latch clockwise to lock Interior tiedown hooks Mounted inside the pickup box each tiedown hook can secure loads up to 200 Ib 90 kg Total pickup box cargo weight is not to exceed overall vehicle payload refer to Vehicle loading in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter 94 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls LUGGAGE RACK Your
115. a fuel filler cap that is designed for your vehicle The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel tank or fuel system if the correct genuine Ford or Motorcraft fuel filler cap is not used The fuel system may be under pressure Remove fuel filler cap slowly Otherwise fuel may spray out and injure you or others If you do not use the proper fuel filler cap excessive vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap to disengage in a collision which may result in possible personal injury bp 282 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Choosing the right fuel Use only UNLEADED FUEL The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law and could damage your vehicle Your vehicle was not designed to use fuel or fuel additives with metallic compounds including manganese based additives Studies indicate that these additives can cause your vehicle s emission control system to deteriorate more rapidly In Canada premium grade fuel generally contains more metallic additives than regular grade fuel We recommend using regular grade fuel In Canada many fuels contain metallic additives but fuels free of such additives may be available check with your local fuel dealer Do not use fuel containing methanol It can damage critical fuel system components Repairs to correct the effects of using a fuel for which your vehicle was not desi
116. adjusted to the vehicle requirements 169 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall Information on P type tires P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example 1 P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that may be used for service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association 2 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 3 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R Indicates a radial type tire 5 15 Indicates the wheel
117. afety belt is too short when fully extended there is a 8 inch 20 cm safety belt extension assembly that can be added part number 611022 This assembly can be obtained from an authorized dealer Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended 125 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso Safety belt warning light and indicator chime A The safety belt warning light illuminates in the instrument cluster and a chime sounds to remind the occupants to fasten their safety belts Conditions of operation The driver s safety belt is not The safety belt warning light buckled before the ignition illuminates 1 2 minutes and the switch is turned to the ON warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds position The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled while the indicator warning chime turn off light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled before the ignition indicator chime remain off switch is turned to the ON position BeltMinder The BeltMinder feature is a supplemental w
118. al behind the headliner above the first and second row seats In certain lateral collisions or rollover events the Safety Canopy system will be activated regardless of which seats are occupied The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact collisions and rollover events The fact that the Safety Canopy system did not activate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions or rollover events not in rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration or rollover likelihood Several Safety Canopy system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation 144 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints If the Safety Canopy system has deployed the Safety Canopy will not function again The Safety Canopy system including the A B and C pillar trim must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the Safety Canopy is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision Determining if the system is operational The SRS uses a readiness light in the instrumen
119. all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment When towing trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of cargo weight GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload 181 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label axle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury Note For trailer towing information refer to Trailer towing found in this chapter or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your authorized dealer EOS GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers 182 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO j DATE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG al
120. amps Slide on rod feature Rotate the visor towards the side window and extend it rearward for additional sunlight coverage Note To stow the visor back into the headliner visor must be retracted before moving it back towards the windshield OVERHEAD CONSOLE The appearance of your vehicle s overhead console will vary according to your option package 52 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Storage compartment Press the latch to open the storage compartment Installing a garage door opener if equipped The storage compartment can be converted to accommodate a variety of aftermarket garage door openers Place the VELCRO hook onto the side of the aftermarket transmitter opposite of the button Place the transmitter into storage compartment button down Place the provided height adaptors onto the back of the door as needed Close the door Press the depression in the door to activate the transmitter 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls AUXILIARY POWER POINT 12VDC Power outlets are designed for accessory plugs only Do not insert any other object in the power outlet as this will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warrant
121. an use a soft cloth with Motorcraft Deluxe Leather and Vinyl Cleaner ZC 11 A Dry the area with a soft cloth e To help maintain its resiliency and color use the Motorcraft Deluxe Leather Care Kit ZC 11 D available from your authorized dealer e Do not use household cleaning products alcohol solutions solvents or cleaners intended for rubber vinyl and plastics or oil petroleum based leather conditioners These products may cause premature wearing of the clear protective coating Note In some instances color or dye transfer can occur when wet clothing comes in contact with leather upholstery If this occurs the leather should be cleaned immediately to avoid permanent staining UNDERBODY Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt 259 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Cleaning FORD AND LINCOLN MERCURY CAR CARE PRODUCTS Your Ford or Lincoln Mercury authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes These quality products have been specifically engineered to fulfill your automotive needs they are custom designed to complement the style and appearance of your vehicle Each product is made from high quality materials that meet or exceed rigid specifications For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Rem
122. and Safety Canopy if equipped and safety belt pretensioners Refer to the Safety belt maintenance section in this chapter Front safety belt height adjustment Your vehicle has safety belt height adjustments at the front outboard seating positions Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder To adjust the shoulder belt height squeeze and hold the buttons on the side and slide the height adjuster up or down Release the buttons and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a collision 124 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Second row comfort guide The second row outboard lap shoulder belt is equipped with a belt comfort guide This guide is attached to the quarter trim panel and is used to adjust the comfort of the shoulder belt for smaller occupants in the outboard second row seats To adjust the comfort guide 1 Slip the shoulder belt into the belt guide 2 Slide the guide up or down along the webbing so that the belt is centered on the occupant s shoulder Safety belt extension assembly If the s
123. ant to the coolant recovery reservoir when the engine is cool Add the proper mixture of coolant and water to the FULL COLD level For all other vehicles which have a coolant degas system with a pressurized cap or if it is necessary to remove the coolant pressure relief cap on the radiator of a vehicle with an overflow system follow these steps to add engine coolant To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly 1 Before you begin turn the engine off and let it cool 2 When the engine is cool wrap a thick cloth around the coolant pressure relief cap on the coolant reservoir a translucent plastic bottle Slowly turn cap counterclockwise left until pressure begins to release 3 Step back while the pressure releases 4 When you are sure that all the pressure has been released use the cloth to turn it counterclockwise and remove the cap 5 Fill the coolant reservoir slowly with the proper coolant mixture see above to within the COLD FILL RANGE or the FULL COLD level on the reservoir If you removed the radiator cap in an overflow system fill the radiator until the coolant is visible and radiator is almost full 6 Replace the cap Turn until tightly installed until clicks are heard Cap must be tightly installed
124. aring the warning message Warning messages are divided into four categories e They cannot be cleared until the condition is corrected e They will reappear on the display ten minutes from the reset if the condition has not been corrected e They will not reappear until an ignition OFF ON cycle has been completed They reappear if the condition clears then reoccurs within the same ignition ON OFF cycle 85 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls This acts as a reminder that these warning conditions still exist within the vehicle Warning display Warning returns after 10 minutes Warning returns only after the ignition key is turned from OFF to ON Engine oil change soon DOOR AJAR Displayed when a door is not completely closed CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM Displayed when the electrical system is not maintaining proper voltage If you are operating electrical accessories when the engine is idling at a low speed turn off as many of the electrical loads as soon as possible If the warning stays on or comes on when the engine is operating at normal speeds have the electrical system checked as soon as possible FUEL LEVEL LOW Displayed as an early reminder of a low fuel condition PARK BRAKE ENGAGED Displayed when the manual park brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the park brake is released co
125. arning to the safety belt warning function This feature provides additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light in the instrument cluster when the driver s and front passenger s safety belt is unbuckled The BeltMinder feature uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning To avoid activating the BeltMinder feature for objects placed in the front passenger seat warnings will only be given to large front seat occupants as determined by the front passenger sensing system 126 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Both the driver s and passenger s safety belt usages are monitored and either may activate the BeltMinder feature The warnings are the same for the driver and the front passenger If the BeltMinder warnings have expired warnings for approximately 5 minutes for one occupant driver or front passenger the other occupant can still activate the BeltMinder feature The driver s and front The BeltMinder feature will not passenger s safety belts are activate buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned ON The driver s or front The BeltMinder feature is activated passe
126. at the mat does not interfere with the operation of the accelerator or the brake pedal To remove the floor mat reverse the installation procedure TAILGATE LOCK The tailgate lock is designed to prevent theft of the tailgate e Insert ignition key and turn to the right to lock e Turn ignition key to the left to unlock 88 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Tailgate removal Your tailgate is removable to allow more room for loading 1 Lower the tailgate 2 Use a screwdriver to pry the spring clip on each connector past the head of the support screw Disconnect cable 3 Disconnect the other cable 4 Lift tailgate to a 45 degree angle from horizontal 5 Lift right side off of its hinge 6 Lift tailgate to a 80 degree angle from horizontal 7 Remove tailgate from left side hinge by sliding tailgate to the right To install follow the removal procedures in reverse order Exterior tiedown hooks Exterior tiedown hooks mounted on the side of the pickup box a e can be used to secure loads within the pickup box can be used to secure half the gt tonneau cover in an open Ss position CARGO CAGE IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a cargo cage designed to extend the pickup box for larger loads 89 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Co
127. ate intervals for changing the spark plugs Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used 293 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus pe10 00 MoTJaA CTET outs IV ILSGEL6IN SSM syrenb 6 SI TOP JUe OOD oulsuy quelooy sulsuy ploy N Ta T294 ES E EN syrenb g gZI JO p Juejooo ouSuy AMP P q GLOTN VSH SL o ae O T 9X ayy SUOT UMI d spol esia sunds dys yeysoatiq quena Yoo pue SUNLIJOU d IJEIIIO0JON S1OpUTAD J90 V bd TIN YSa sad ae ld ae S Aerie e sdiijsroyyeom IOOG syor dy yeas yore Arerrxne yoyel pooy Suds d S60 TIN dSa asvoly osoding nIny pue osury oop 1394 GTX 10 PDX Jong syoer yeas s10J01 pue seyed 1ay111s 100p soyoyel sosuty Apog PINT oop DARI IPHAN ION IOAIOSOI V 9699W VSH g LOG Vuewroj d uo oul OF MHA O T Wd 410 T Nd 4SH JJeIDIOJON pm oyeg Maintenance and Specifications UOTVITYIIOdS pIo Ju jeamb wt SHILIOVdVO ANY SNOILVOISIDAdS LONGOYd JONVNALNIVIN O N 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications V L6TOGW dSM TO O6MO8 AX V G6TOGINC ISM TO OVIMSGLAX dS eNOOUdN dSO 97LX AeNOOUAN WD S LX JIEN ULIO IdV WM V 0E6O
128. ative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 11 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 e Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance e Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel 13 Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturers maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load radial tubeless etc 172 2007 07 Exp
129. before you operate your vehicle Normal characteristics On some 4WD models the initial shift from two wheel drive to 4x4 while the vehicle is moving can cause some momentary clunk and ratcheting sounds This is the front drivetrain coming up to speed and the automatic locking hubs engaging and is not cause for concern Sand When driving over sand try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning the wheels Note If your vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS the system indicator light may illuminate depending on how much air is released from your tires and or how long you drive the vehicle under these conditions Avoid excessive speed because vehicle momentum can work against you and cause the vehicle to become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle Remember you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution Mud and water If you must drive through high water drive slowly Traction or brake capability may be limited When driving through water determine the depth avoid water higher than the bottom of the hubs if possible and proceed slowly If the ignition system gets wet the vehicle may stall 216 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt US
130. belt system function BELT AND RETRACTOR ASSEMBLY MUST BE REPLACED if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in collisions Safety belt pretensioner Your vehicle is equipped with safety belt pretensioners at the driver and right front passenger seating positions The safety belt pretensioner removes some slack from the safety belt system at the start of a crash The safety belt pretensioner uses the same crash sensor system as the front airbags seat mounted side airbags and Safety Canopy system if equipped When the safety belt pretensioner deploys the lap and shoulder belt are tightened 123 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints When the optional Safety Canopy system seat mounted side airbags and or the front airbags are activated the safety belt pretensioners for the driver and right front passenger seating positions will be activated when the respective seatbelt is properly buckled The driver and front passenger safety belt system including retractors buckles and height adjusters must be replaced if the vehicle is involved in a collision that results in deployment of front airbags seat mounted side airbags
131. bilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to heavy off road usage 219 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving DRIVING THROUGH WATER If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly especially when the depth is not known Never drive through o water that is higher than the bottom aA of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks When driving through water traction or brake capability may be limited Also water may enter your engine s air intake and severely damage your engine or your vehicle may stall Driving through deep water where the transmission vent tube is submerged may allow water into the transmission and cause internal transmission damage Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes 220 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Getting roadside assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty The service is available e 24 hours se
132. cally pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt This mode should be used any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible Refer to Safety restraints for children or Safety seats for children later in this chapter How to use the automatic locking mode e Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 122 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out e Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode How to disengage the automatic locking mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode After any vehicle collision the combination lap and shoulder belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly in addition to other checks for proper safety
133. category You may also select CATEGORY ALL to seek all available Sirius categories and channels Satellite radio is available only in the continental United States with a valid SIRIUS subscription Autoset Allows you to set the strongest local radio stations without losing your original manually set preset stations for AM FM1 FM2 Press MENU to access Use A IV to set When the six strongest stations are filled the station stored in preset 1 will begin playing If there are less than six strong stations the system will store the last one in the remaining presets Use A IV to turn on off Bass Press A IV to adjust the bass setting Treble Press A IV to adjust the treble setting Balance Press A IV to adjust the audio between the left and right speakers Fade Press A IV to adjust the audio between the front and rear speakers Speed sensitive volume Radio volume automatically changes slightly with vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise Press MENU 22 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems to access and use A IV to adjust The recommended level is 1 3 Level 0 SPEED OFF turns the feature off and level 7 is the maximum setting Track Folder Mode Available only on MP3 discs in CD mode Press A IV to toggle between Track and Folder mode In Track mode press lt SEEK gt to scroll through all tracks on the current disc In Folder mode press A S
134. ce Either type can be used at any seating position equipped with lap shoulder belts if your child is over 40 lb 18 kg 148 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Children and booster seats vary widely in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The drawings below compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition The importance of shoulder belis Using a booster without a shoulder belt increases the risk of a child s head hitting a hard surface in a collision For this reason you should never use a booster seat with a lap belt only It is best to use a booster seat with lap shoulder belts in the back seat the safest place for children to ride Move a child to a different seating location if the shoulder belt does not stay positioned on the shoulder during use Follow all instructions provided by the manufacturer of the booster seat Never put the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it eliminates the protect
135. cle is not equipped with a snowplowing package Using your vehicle as an ambulance Do not use this vehicle as an ambulance Your vehicle is not equipped with the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package Cell phone use The use of Mobile Communications Equipment has become increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However drivers must not compromise their own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile Communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile Communication Equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices in vehicle communications systems telematics devices and portable two way radios A driver s first responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle The most important thing you can do to prevent a crash is to avoid distractions and pay attention to the road Wait until it is safe to operate Mobile Communications Equipment 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Introduction Middle East North Africa vehicle specific information For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the ones that are described in this Owner s Guide therefore a supplement has been suppli
136. code Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at 35 psi 87 psi 2 5 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 41 psi 48 psi 2 9 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability kPa Kilopascal a metric unit of air pressure PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure Cold inflation pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile 1 6 km Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle Rim The metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are sea
137. comfort 3 Set fan to highest setting Do not place objects on top of the instrument panel as these objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop 37 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Climate Controls DUAL AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL DATC SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED auto aro orr NS se w 1 A C control Press to turn on the air conditioning Press again to turn off the air conditioning Use with C2 to improve cooling performance and efficiency It engages automatically with the press of AUTO GQ and MAX A C 0 425 Recirculation control Press to turn on the air circulation in the cabin Press again to turn off Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may help reduce undesired odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle Recirculation can be turned on manually in any airflow selection except defrost Recirculation may turn off automatically in some modes to reduce fog potential It operates automatically and cannot be disengaged in the MAX A C mode 3 Passenger side temperature control Press to turn on the dual temperature control It can also be pressed to increase or decrease the airflow temperature for the passenger in the front of the vehicle Recommended initial settings are 72 to 75 F and then adjust for comfort 38 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac es
138. covered for the full length of your New Vehicle s Limited Warranty 3 years or 36 000 miles 60 000 km whichever occurs first Contact your dealer for details and a copy of the warranty Not all accessories are available for all models The following is a list of several Genuine Ford Accessories Not all accessories are available for all models For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle please contact your dealer or visit our online store at www fordaccessoriesstore com Exterior style Bug shields Chrome exhaust tips Deflectors Fender flares Grille inserts Running boards Splash guards Step bars Wheels 302 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Accessories Interior style Consoles Electrochromatic compass temperature interior mirrors Floor mats Lifestyle Ash cup smoker s package Cargo organization and management Cross bars Towing mirrors Trailer hitches wiring harnesses and accessories Peace of mind Mobile ease hands free communication system Remote start Vehicle security systems Wheel locks For maximum vehicle performance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle e When adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Sa
139. d Note The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS indicator light will illuminate when the spare is in use To restore the full functionality of the monitoring system all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle 231 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the TPMS sensor refer to Changing tires with TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible The use of tire sealants may damage your tires The use of tire sealants may also damage your Tire Pressure Monitoring System and should not be used Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter for important information If the tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function Dissimilar spare tire wheel information Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death If you have a dissimilar spare tire wheel then it is intended for temporary use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road tire wheel that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be
140. d Roadside Assistance coverage you may purchase extended coverage prior to your Basic Warranty s Roadside Assistance expiring For more information and enrollment contact 1 877 294 2582 or visit our website at www ford ca 222 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies HAZARD FLASHER A The hazard flasher is located on the steering column just behind the steering wheel The hazard flashers will operate when the ignition is in any position or if the key is not in the ignition Push in the flasher control and all front and rear direction signals will flash Press the flasher control again to turn them off Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is creating a safety hazard for other motorists Note With extended use the flasher may run down your battery FUEL PUMP SHUT OFF SWITCH UEL The fuel pump shut off switch is a device intended to stop the electric fuel pump when your vehicle has been involved in a substantial jolt After a collision if the engine cranks but does not start the fuel pump shut off switch may have been activated 223 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies The fuel pump shut off switch is located in the passenger s foot well by the kick panel HE3 ALUN Eco j WU Use the following procedure to reset the fuel pump shut off switch 1 Turn t
141. d your vehicle s cooling system can hold refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Fill your engine coolant reservoir as outlined in Adding engine coolant in this section Severe climates If you drive in extremely cold climates less than 34 F 86 C J e It may be necessary to increase the coolant concentration above 50 e NEVER increase the coolant concentration above 60 e Increased engine coolant concentrations above 60 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the coolant concentration in your vehicle will provide adequate freeze protection at the temperatures in which you drive in the winter months If you drive in extremely hot climates e It is still necessary to maintain the coolant concentration above 40 e NEVER decrease the coolant concentration below 40 e Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the corrosion protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage 277 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the coolant conc
142. de services 221 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Canadian customers refer to your Owner Information Guide for information on e coverage period e exact fuel amounts e towing of your disabled vehicle e emergency travel expense reimbursement e travel planning benefits Using roadside assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference In the United States this card is found in the Owner Guide portfolio in the glove compartment In Canada the card is found in the Owner Information Guide in the glove compartment U S Ford or Mercury vehicle customers who require roadside assistance call 1 800 241 3673 Lincoln vehicle customers call 1 800 521 4140 Canadian customers who require roadside assistance call 1 800 665 2006 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford or Mercury vehicles customers call 1 800 241 3673 Lincoln vehicle customers call 1 800 521 4140 Canadian customers who need to obtain reimbursement information call 1 800 665 2006 Roadside coverage beyond basic warranty In the United States you may purchase additional roadside assistance coverage beyond this period through the Ford Auto Club by contacting your authorized dealer Similarly in Canada for uninterrupte
143. decision as well If the arbitrator has decided in your favor and you accept the decision the BBB AUTO LINE program will contact you to ensure that Ford has complied with the decision in a timely manner Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB To file a claim with the BBB AUTO LINE you will be asked for your name and address information about your vehicle information about your concerns and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington Virginia 22203 1833 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation UTILIZING THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the 250 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP prog
144. disable the brake portion of the Traction Control feature and the sliding car icon will flash momentarily and then illuminate steady If the vehicle is above 25 mph 40 km h momentarily pressing the AdvanceTrac with RSC button will steadily illuminate the sliding car icon however the AdvanceTrac with RSC system will remain enabled until the vehicle speed drops below 25 mph If the vehicle speed decreases below 25 mph 40 km h the system will become deactivated but if the vehicle speed subsequently increases to above 25 mph 40 km h the system will again become active In general the system will be active at all times the vehicle speed is above 25 mph 40 km h In R Reverse ABS and the Traction Control feature will continue to function however ESC and RSC are disabled 200 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving All these conditions are normal during AdvanceTrac with RSC operation Refer to the following table AdvanceTrac with RSC Features RE Engine Brake 13 Button Suaine RSC Tracer lteacten functions car icon Control Control Default at Illuminated etaut ah during bulb Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled start up check Disabled Disabled Disabled Illuminated below below below solid 25 mph 25 mph 25 mph 40 km h 40 km h 40 km h Button pressed momentarily Enabled Button pressed and held more t
145. door enter the factory set 5 digit code or your personal code Each number must be pressed within five seconds of each other The interior lamps will illuminate To unlock all doors press the 3 e 4 control within five seconds 103 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security To lock all doors press the 7 e 8 and the 9 e 0 at the same time Note The driver s door must be closed You do not need to enter the keypad code first Autolock The autolock feature will lock all the doors when e all doors are closed e the ignition is in the 3 ON position e you shift into any gear putting the vehicle in motion and e the vehicle attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h The autolock feature repeats when e any door is opened then closed while the ignition is in the 3 ON position and the vehicle speed is 9 mph 15 km h or lower and e the vehicle attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h Deactivating activating autolock Your vehicle comes with the autolock feature enabled There are four methods to enable disable this feature e Through your authorized dealer or e Performing the power door lock control procedure or e Performing the keyless entry key pad Gf equipped procedure or e Performing the message center if equipped procedure Note The autolock feature can be activated deactivated independently of the autounlock feature Before following the act
146. e Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 1 800 387 9333 www lincolncanada com In order to help you service your Lincoln vehicle please have the following information available when contacting the Lincoln Centre e Your telephone number home and business e The name of the authorized dealer and the city where the authorized dealer is located e The year and make of your vehicle e The date of vehicle purchase e The current odometer reading e The vehicle identification number VIN Additional Assistance If you still have a complaint involving a warranty dispute you may wish to contact the Better Business Bureau BBB AUTO LINE program U S only 248 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance In some states in the U S you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase
147. e Rounding of the displayed values to the nearest 0 1 gallon liter 1 Drive the vehicle at least 5 miles 8 km with the speed control system engaged to display a stabilized average 2 Record the highway fuel economy for future reference It is important to press the TRIP RESET control switch press and hold for 2 seconds in order to reset the function after setting the speed control to get accurate highway fuel economy readings Setup menu Press and hold the TRIP RESET control switch to get to the SETUP MENU sequence from the INFO MENU for the following displays e System Check Units English Metric Language Autolamp Autolock Autounlock e Oil Life Start Value Briefly press the TRIP RESET control switch to scroll through the SETUP MENU display sequence If the TRIP RESET control switch is not pressed within 4 seconds the message center returns to the Info Menu System check Press and hold the TRIP RESET SET UP MENU HOLD RESET carmen I RREN SUSTER CHECK wnen a HOLD RESET is displayed in the HOLD RESET O neser message center Selecting this Mee function from the SETUP MENU causes the message center to cycle through each of the systems being monitored For each of the monitored systems the message center will indicate either an OK message or a warning message for two seconds Pressing the TRIP RESET control switch cycles the message center through each of the systems being monitored
148. e a good shoulder belt fit Belt comfort guides are provided at the 2nd row outboard seats to improve belt comfort for smaller occupants The belt comfort guide is not a substitute for a booster seat and is only intended to improve the comfort of the safety belt if it rests against the neck Most children still need a booster seat to encourage upright posture and improve lap belt fit Refer to Second row comfort guide earlier in this chapter Do not leave children unreliable adults or pets unattended in your vehicle 146 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Child booster seats Children outgrow a typical convertible or toddler seat when they weigh 40 lb 18 kg and are around 4 years of age Although the lap shoulder belt will provide some protection these children are still too small for lap shoulder belts to fit properly which could increase the risk of serious injury in a crash To improve the fit of both the lap and shoulder belt on children who have outgrown child safety seats Ford Motor Company recommends use of a belt positioning booster Booster seats position a child so that safety belts fit better They lift the child up so that the lap belt rests low across the hips and the knees bend comfortably Booster seats may also make the shoulder belt fit better and more comfortably Try to keep the belt near the middle of the shoulder When children should
149. e and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and or damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately 271 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling Because your vehicle s engine is electronically controlled by a computer some control conditions are maintained by power from the battery When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the engine must relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and performance To begin this process 1 With the vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake 2 Put the gearshift lever in P Park turn off all accessories and start the engine 3 Run the engine
150. e anti theft SVSUCINL er raa A EERTSE 107 Setting the clock AM FM single CD onsas 22 AM FM In dash 6 CD 00 27 SNOWDPIOWING ee eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 8 Spark plugs specifications ceeeee 292 297 Special notice ambulance conversions 8 utility type vehicles 0000 8 Specification chart lubricants eresas ares 294 297 Speed control cceeeeeeee eee 60 Starting your vehicle 193 195 jump Starting 0 ee 241 Steering wheel CONT ONS siiani eein 63 HUNE acana sanai 51 T Tailgate sprcrericcreneieereri 88 89 Tilt steering wheel 51 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS PPPS iranan intestines cs 216 Roadside Emergencies 231 Tires Wheels and Loading 175 Warning Displays 12 73 85 MEGS sectoare 161 162 231 alignment sisii 168 CALC vor I N TER 165 Changing eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 231 237 checking the pressure 165 miat os snc cavseceshsnacerteratonn cna 163 label sscsescssaecpisciedsosessceusxeserectecs 174 TEPIACING cicien nonesis 167 237 TOUAUING idee ender ernu ne 169 safety practices ccceee 168 sidewall information 170 snow tires and chains 179 Spare IPE astoa nS 232 235 terminology sunais 162 309 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Index PIE prades cccsieesersscasessesivesces 162 treadwear oo cee 161
151. e entry system which allows you to e unlock the vehicle doors without a key e lock all the vehicle doors without a key e activate the personal alarm If there are problems with the remote entry system make sure to take ALL remote entry transmitters with you to your authorized dealer in order to aid in troubleshooting the problem Two step door unlocking 1 Press 2 and release to unlock the driver s door Note The interior lamps will illuminate if the control on the overhead lamp is not set to the off position and the perimeter alarm system if equipped will deactivate 2 Press c and release again within three seconds to unlock the passenger doors The battery saver feature will turn off the interior lamps 30 minutes after the ignition is turned to the 1 OFF LOCK position One step door unlocking If the one step door unlocking feature is activated press c and release once to unlock all of the doors Note The interior lamps will illuminate 98 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security refer to the Illuminated entry feature later in this section if the control on the overhead lamp is not set to the off position and the perimeter alarm system if equipped will deactivate Switching from two step to one step door unlocking Your vehicle comes with two step unlocking enabled Unlocking can be switched between two step and one step door unlocking by
152. e four years old or younger and who weigh 40 Ib 18 kg or less ride in your vehicle you must put them in safety seats made especially for children Many states require that children use approved booster seats until they are eight years old Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children in your vehicle When possible always place children under age 12 in the rear seat of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision Always follow the instructions and warnings that come with any infant or child restraint you might use Children and safety belts If the child is the proper size restrain the child in a safety seat Children who are too large for child safety seats as specified by your child safety seat manufacturer should always wear safety belts Follow all the important safety restraint and airbag precautions that apply to adult passengers in your vehicle If the shoulder belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt can be positioned so it does not cross or rest in front of the child s face or neck the child should wear the lap and shoulder belt Moving the child closer to the center of the vehicle may help provid
153. e of the vehicle 143 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e A headliner that will flex to open above the side doors to allow Safety Canopy deployment e The same warning light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front airbags e Two side crash sensors mounted at the front doors one on each side of the vehicle e Two side crash sensors located at the c pillar behind the rear doors one on each side of the vehicle e Roll over sensor in the restraints control module RCM The Safety Canopy system in combination with safety belts can help reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact collision or rollover event Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the second or third row seats if equipped The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window openings The Safety Canopy system is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral deceleration sufficient to cause the side crash sensor to close an electrical circuit that initiates Safety Canopy inflation or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor The Safety Canopy is mounted to the roof side rail sheet met
154. e panel The fuse panel is located below the instrument panel on the driver s side col PA A To remove a fuse use the fuse puller tool provided on the fuse panel box TD EDES TD ET EEE ESED EE Tr RET ET ES 8 Ce a eE The fuses are coded as follows Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Passenger Compartment Fuse o Rating Panel Description 1 20A _ Moonroof Adjustable pedals EE E E Microcontroller power SJB PT 20A fRadio S a oa ono S 5A Moonroof Power down back window 6 208 Door unlocwiock 226 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Passenger Compartment Fuse 8 IBA Ignition switch power PATS 2A 6 speed transmission PCM Ignition O O ie 12 5A RUN accessory Radio Trailer tow eS battery charge relay in PDB Trailer tow reverse lamps 17 10A RUN START RCM restraints PAD lamp OCS module 10A 18 RUN START IVD switch IVD 4x4 module 4x4 switch Heated seat switches Compass Electrochromatic mirror PS Noted S 20 10A RUN START Manual climate control ee cc oo o a CS Noted S 23 15A Power mirrors Interior lamps Puddle lamps Cargo lamp Battery saver Instrument illumination 25 15A Trailer tow park lamps Trailer tow electronic brake module 26 15A License plate lamps Rear park lamps Front park lamps Manual climate control Tricolor tai
155. e using speed control There are two ways to set a higher speed e Press and hold the SET control until you get to the desired speed then release the control You can also use the SET control to operate the Tap Up function Press and release this control to increase the vehicle set speed in small amounts by 1 mph 1 6 km h e Use the accelerator pedal to get to the desired speed When the vehicle reaches that speed press and release the SET control Reducing speed while using speed control There are two ways to reduce a set speed e Press and hold the SET control until you get to the desired speed then release the control You can also use the SET control to operate the Tap Down function Press and release this control to decrease the vehicle set speed in small amounts by 1 mph 1 6 km h Depress the brake pedal until the desired vehicle speed is reached press the SET control 62 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Turning off speed control There are two ways to turn off the speed control e Depress the brake pedal This will not erase your vehicle s previously set speed e Press the speed control OFF control Note When you turn off the speed EY control or the ignition your speed control set speed memory is erased KID STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS IF EQUIPPED These controls allow you to operate some radio and climate control
156. eadlamps on your vehicle can only be vertically adjusted Your vehicle does not require horizontal aim adjustments To adjust the headlamps 1 Park your vehicle on a level surface about 25 feet 7 6 meters away from a vertical plain surface 3 Check your headlamp alignment at night or in a dark area so that you can see the headlamp beam pattern e 1 Eight feet e 2 Center height of lamp to ground e 3 Twenty five feet e 4 Horizontal reference line 2 The center of the headlamp has a 3 0 mm circle on the lens Measure the height from the center of your headlamp to the ground 2 and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter long horizontal line on the plain surface 1 at this height masking tape works well 44 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights 3 Turn on the low beam headlamps The brightest part of the light should be below the horizontal line 4 If it is above the line the headlamp will need to be adjusted REE EES 4 Open the hood SN C CRas SIDS ELIS 5 Locate the vertical adjuster for each headlamp Adjust the aim by turning the adjuster control either clockwise to adjust down or counterclockwise to adjust up Note Use a 4 mm socket or box wrench to turn the vertical adjuster control 6 Horizontal aiming is not required for this vehicle and is non adjustable TURN SIGNAL CONTROL 4 e Push down to activate the left turn signal e
157. easure you will derive from driving it For more information on Ford Motor Company and its products visit the following website e In the United States www ford com e In Canada www ford ca e In Australia www ford com au e In Mexico www ford com mx Additional owner information is given in separate publications This Owner s Guide describes every option and model variant available and therefore some of the items covered may not apply to your particular vehicle Furthermore due to printing cycles it may describe options before they are generally available Remember to pass on this Owner s Guide when reselling the vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Introduction Fuel pump shut off switch In the event of an accident the safety switch will automatically cut off the fuel supply to the engine The switch can also be activated through sudden vibration e g collision when parking To reset the switch refer to the Fuel pump shut off switch in the Roadside Emergencies chapter SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION Warning symbols in this guide How can you reduce the risk of personal injury to yourself or others In this guide answers to such questions are contained in comments highlighted by the warning triangle symbol These comments should be read and observed Warning symbols on your vehicle When you see this symbol it is imperat
158. eat all the way back Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints The front passenger sensing system can automatically turn off the front passenger airbag and passenger seat mounted side airbag The system is designed to help protect small child size occupants from frontal airbag deployments when they are seated or restrained in the front passenger seat contrary to proper child seating or restraint usage recommendations Even with this technology parents are STRONGLY encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat The sensor also turns off the passenger front airbag and passenger seat mounted side airbag if equipped when the passenger seat is empty Front safety belt usage sensors The front safety belt usage sensors detect whether or not the driver and front outboard passenger safety belts are fastened This information allows your Personal Safety System to tailor the airbag deployment and safety belt pretensioner activation depending upon safety belt usage Refer to Safety restraints section in this chapter Front safety belt pretensioners The safety belt pretensioners at the front outboard seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body during frontal collisions and in side collisions and in rollovers when the vehicle is equipped with the optional Safety Canopy system This maximizes the
159. eature Press the RESET button 0000 0 mi to reset Note Outside Air Temperature will only be displayed in the Instrument Cluster Message Center on vehicles with manual climate control 19 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster Tachometer Indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute Driving with your tachometer pointer continuously at the top of the scale may damage the engine Fuel gauge Indicates approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank when the ignition is in the ON position The fuel gauge may vary slightly when the vehicle is in motion or on a grade Refer to Falling the tank in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for more information The FUEL icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel door is located 20 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems AUDIO SYSTEMS AM FM Single CD MP3 Satellite Compatible sound system if equipped MUTE a E vr MENU 3 EM aux 14 VOL PUSH TEXT lt A SEEK gan SEEK 13 REW FF FOLDER FOLDER SHUFFLE 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 E Accessory delay Your vehicle is equipped with accessory delay With this feature the window switches radio and moon roof if equipped may be used for up to ten minutes after the ignition is turned off or until either front door is opened
160. ed The following are possible reasons for using the security override e Ice on the window causing a restriction e Window unexpectedly reverses Position recovery mode If the motor loses or has an invalidated position the motor will respond to switch inputs by moving 6 in 15 mm each switch command in the up direction only Down will be a one touch down operation If the window is stalled in the down position and there are no other system faults the motor shall relearn its position and resume full functionality If there is a hall effect signal loss then the window will remain in its 6 in 15 mm travel each switch command This will allow the customer to inch his window up to the fully closed position Once the window has reached the full closed the window should again operate in normal operation mode If the window still does not operate correctly see your dealer for service 58 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls AUTOMATIC DIMMING INSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with an inside rear view mirror with an auto dimming function The electrochromic day night mirror will change from the normal high reflective state to the non glare darkened state when bright lights glare reach the mirror When the mirror detects bright light from behind the vehicle it will automatically adjust darken to minimize glare
161. ed may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear 168 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Tire rotation Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the scheduled maintenance information that comes with your vehicle will help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life Unless otherwise specified rotate the tires approximately every 5 000 miles 8 000 km e Rear Wheel Drive RWD vehicles Four Wheel Drive 4WD All Wheel Drive AWD vehicles front tires at top of diagram YN NVANAAN ASA AAA oe NANANA NAN VANAAA _ gt Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires Note If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare tire wheel A dissimilar spare tire wheel is defined as a spare tire and or wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare tire wheel it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and
162. ed that complements this book By referring to the pages in the provided supplement you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle Refer to this Owner s Guide for all other required information and warnings 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Introduction These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle Vehicle Symbol Glossary Safety Alert A ik T fe oe Tether iN Anti Lock Brake System Powertrain Malfunction Fasten Safety Belt Airbag Side Child Seat Installation Warning Master Lighting Switch W Fog Lamps Front Fuel Pump Reset Windshield Defrost Demist 10 See Owner s Guide Airbag Front Child Seat Child Seat Lower Anchor Brake System Brake Fluid Non Petroleum Based Speed Control Hazard Warning Flasher Fuse Compartment Windshield Wash Wipe Rear Window Defrost Demist 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus ry O Q S SD JO xoen oe ee 2 Introduction Vehicle Symbol Glossary Power Windows Front Rear Child Safety Door Lock Unlock Panic Alarm Engine Coolant Do Not Open When Hot Avoid Smoking Flames or Sparks Explosive Gas Power Steering Fluid Emission System Passenger Compartment Air Filter Check Fuel Cap ABA Power Window Lockout Interior
163. edit card check or money order Obtaining a French owner s guide French Owner s Guides can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by writing to Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited Service Publications P O Box 1580 Station B Mississauga Ontario L4Y 4G3 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http hvww safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov 253 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Cleaning WASHING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A which is available from your authorized dealer
164. egative cable to the ground stud located toward the front of the vehicle forward of the battery on the raidator support Keep the negative cable away from the battery and the carburetor fuel injection system Do not use fuel lines engine rocker covers or the intake manifold as grounding points Ensure that the battery shield is properly installed before jump starting the vehicle 243 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery 5 Ensure that the cables are clear of fan blades belts moving parts of both engines or any fuel delivery system parts Jump starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at moderately increased speed 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 3 Once the disabled vehicle has been started run both engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables Removing the jumper cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected 1 Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface 2 Remove the jumper cable on the negative connection of the booster vehicle s battery 244 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies
165. el pumps at service stations e Variations in top off procedure from one fill up to another e Rounding of the displayed values to the nearest 0 1 gallon liter 1 Drive the vehicle at least 5 miles 8 km with the speed control system engaged to display a stabilized average 2 Record the highway fuel economy for future reference It is important to press the RESET control press and hold RESET for 2 seconds in order to reset the function after setting the speed control to get accurate highway fuel economy readings Instantaneous fuel economy Select this function from the INFO menu to display your instantaneous FUEL ECONOMY fuel economy This will display your i fuel economy as a Bar Graph MPG t anam ranging from W poor fuel economy Nu WF to excellent fuel economy As 0008003 0 I the bars increase from left to right the instantaneous fuel economy is increasing Your vehicle must be moving to calculate instantaneous fuel economy When your vehicle is not moving this function shows one or no bars illuminated Instantaneous fuel economy cannot be reset 78 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Fuel Used Selecting this function from the INFO menu FUEL USED XXX X GAL will display the fuel used since last reset The information displayed will be in gallons or liters depending on English Metric mode state Trip elapsed drive time Select this function from t
166. electing this function from the INFO menu estimates approximately XXX MILES how far you can drive with the fuel T WOT remaining in your tank under r EPT 2 normal driving conditions Ni 3 F Remember to turn the ignition OFF i when refueling to allow this feature 000000 0 fi to correctly detect the added fuel The DTE function will display LOW FUEL LEVEL and sound a tone for one second when you have approximately 50 miles 80 km to empty If you RESET this warning message this display and tone will return within 10 minutes DTE is calculated using a running average fuel economy which is based on your recent driving history of 500 miles 800 km This value is not the same as the average fuel economy display The running average fuel economy is reinitialized to a factory default value if the battery is disconnected 77 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Average fuel economy AFE Select this function from the INFO menu to display your average fuel AVERAGE FUEL economy in miles gallon or liters km XXX APG If you calculate your average fuel Nu We economy by dividing miles traveled by gallons of fuel used liters of fuel 008000 0 n used by 100 kilometers traveled your figure may be different than displayed for the following reasons e Your vehicle was not perfectly level during fill up e Differences in the automatic shut off points on the fu
167. enger sensing system is designed to meet the regulatory requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 208 and is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The front passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger s seat and safety belt The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or disabled will not inflate 135 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The front passenger sensing system will disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag if e the front passenger seat is unoccupied or has small medium objects in the front seat e the system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat that is installed according to the manufacturer s instructions e the system determines that a small child is present in a forward facing child restraint that is installed according to the manufacturer s instructions e the system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat e a front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time For side airbag equipped vehicles the front passenger sensing system will turn off the passenger seat side airbag if e the seat is empty and safet
168. entration in your vehicle will provide adequate protection at the temperatures in which you drive Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water for optimum cooling system and engine protection What you should know about fail safe cooling 4 6L V8 engine only If the engine coolant supply is depleted this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain Fail safe cooling and engine oil overheat mode 4 6L V8 only If the engine coolant and or engine oil overheat the vehicle s fail safe modes will reduce engine power to limit engine damage even with a total loss of coolant The vehicle s range and or speed will be reduced depending on vehicle load terrain and outside temperatures The instrument cluster provides warnings for each mode e Fail Safe Cooling Mode The cx Service engine soon Y577 Engine oil pressure and amp Engine coolant temperature indicators will be on Along with these warning indicators the engine coolant temperature gauge will read in the Hot H area If the engine coolant reaches even hotter temperatures fail safe cooling mode limits engine power more and disables air conditioning The engine will switch to alternating cylinder operation to help cool the engine The engine will run rough in t
169. equate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all your tires including the spare frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Tire wear When the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 mm tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn P down to 1 16th of an inch 2 mm rs A When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended Age Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used It is recommended that tires generally be replaced after 6 years of normal service Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire 166 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002
170. er near the key ring DO NOT TAKE THE RUBBER COVER AND CIRCUIT BOARD OFF THE FRONT HOUSING OF THE REMOTE ENTRY TRANSMITTER 2 Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals on the back surface of the circuit board 3 Remove the old battery Note Please refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries 4 Insert the new battery Refer to the diagram inside the remote entry transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery Press the battery down to ensure that the battery is fully seated in the battery housing cavity 5 Snap the two halves back together Note Replacement of the battery will not cause the remote transmitter to become deprogrammed from your vehicle The remote transmitter should operate normally after battery replacement Replacing lost remote entry transmitters If you would like to have your remote entry transmitter reprogrammed because you lost one or would like to buy additional remote entry transmitters you can either reprogram them yourself or take all remote entry transmitters to your authorized dealer for reprogramming 100 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security How to reprogram your remote entry transmitters You must have all remote entry transmitters maximum of six available before beginning this procedure If all remote entry transmitters are not present during the programming procedure
171. er the lock event occurred Your vehicle comes with this feature enabled but there are two methods to disable it e Through your authorized dealer or e Performing the following power door lock control procedure Before following the activation or deactivation procedures make sure that the anti theft system is not armed ignition is in the 1 OFF LOCK position and all vehicle doors are closed You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated you must 96 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security wait 30 seconds Note All doors must be closed and remain closed throughout the configuration process 1 Place the key in the ignition and turn the ignition to the 3 ON position 2 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 3 Turn the ignition from the 3 ON position to the 1 OFF LOCK position 4 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 5 Turn the ignition back to the 3 ON position The horn will chirp one time to confirm programming mode has been entered and is active 6 Press the power door lock control on the door panel two times within five seconds The horn will chirp once if trim switch inhibit was deactivated or twice one short and one long chirp if trim switch inhibit was activated 7 Turn the ignition to the 1 OFF LOCK pos
172. eving a boat Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after the trailer is removed from the water When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval e do not allow the static water level to rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper e do not allow waves to break higher than 6 inches 15 cm above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components e causing internal damage to the components e affecting driveability emissions and reliability Replace the rear axle lubricant any time the axle has been submerged in water Rear axle lubricant quantities are not to be checked or changed unless a leak is suspected or repair required Camper bodies Your Explorer Sport Trac is not recommended for slide in camper bodies RECREATIONAL TOWING ALL WHEELS ON THE GROUND Follow these guidelines for your specific powertrain combination to tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground such as behind a recreational vehicle These guidelines are designed to ensure that your transmission is not damaged due to insufficient lubrication 191 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Rear Wheel Drive RWD 4x2 vehicles This applies to all 4x2 trucks sport utilities with rear wheel drive capability e Place the transmission in N
173. ey continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor 137 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The front passenger sensing system may detect small or medium objects placed on the seat cushion For most objects that are in the front passenger seat the passenger airbag will be disabled Even though the passenger airbag is disabled the pass airbag off lamp may or may not be illuminated according to the table below 4 Pass Airbag Off N Small i e 3 ring Unlit Disabled binder small purse bottled water Medium i e heavy Lit Disabled briefcase fully packed luggage Empty seat or small Lit Disabled to medium object with safety belt buckled If you think that the status
174. features Audio control features Press MEDIA to select e AM FM1 FM2 e CD e SAT1 SAT2 or SATS Satellite Radio if equipped 63 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls In AM FM1 or FM2 mode Press pd SEEK PP to select preset stations within the selected radio band or press and hold to select the next previous radio frequency In Satellite radio mode if equipped Press lt q SEEK gt to advance through preset channels or subscribed channels In CD mode e Press lt q SEEK P to select the next selection on the CD or press and hold to forward or reverse the CD In any mode e Press VOL or to adjust volume Climate control features if equipped Press TEMP or to adjust temperature 64 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Press FAN or to adjust fan speed MOON ROOF IF EQUIPPED You can move the glass panel of the moon roof back to open or tilt up from the closed position to ventilate the vehicle Do not let children play with the moon roof or leave children unattended in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves When closing the moon roof you should verify that it is free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the moon roof opening To open the moon roof The moon roof is equipped with an
175. fety Compliance Certification label Consult your authorized dealer for specific weight information e The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems such as two way radios telephones and theft alarms that are equipped with radio transmitters Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with FCC or CRTC regulations and should be installed only by a qualified service technician e Mobile communications systems may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if they are not properly designed for automotive use 303 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Accessories e To avoid interference with other vehicle functions such as anti lock braking systems amateur radio users who install radios and antennas onto their vehicle should not locate the Amateur Radio Antennas in the area of the driver s side hood e Electrical or electronic accessories or components that are added to the vehicle by the authorized dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability 304 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus A Accessory delay c cccccccccceseeees 56 Advance Trac csecsenc 198 Air cleaner filter 1 0 291 292 Air conditioning sssrsrscrsiirssii 38 Airbag supplemental restraint SyS teanen a 131 132 140 1
176. fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire Replacement Requirements Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally provided by Ford Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of lo
177. from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control 134 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation If the air bag has deployed the air bag will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the air bag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision The SRS consists of e driver and passenger airbag modules which include the inflators and airbags seat mounted side airbags if equipped Refer to Seat mounted side airbag system later in this chapter Safety Canopy system if equipped Refer to Safety Canopy system later in this chapter one or more impact and safing sensors a readiness light and tone diagnostic module and the electrical wiring which connects the components Front passenger sensing system Refer to Front passenger sensing system later in this chapter Passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp Refer to Front passenger sensing system later in this chapter The diagnostic module monitors its own internal circuits and the supplemental airbag electrical system wiring including the impact sensors the system wiring the airbag system readiness light the airbag back up power and the airbag ignitors Front passenger sensing system The front pass
178. function 2 Press RESET for calibration PRESS RESET SETUP FOR CALIBRATION 3 Slowly drive the vehicle in a r circle less than 3 mph 5 km h SETUP until the CIRCLE SLOWLY TO CALIBRATE display changes to CALIBRATION COMPLETE It will take up to five circles to complete calibration CIRCLE SLOWLY TO CALIBRATE 84 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls 4 The compass is now calibrated SET UP CALIBRATION COMPLETED Oil life Start Value 1 Select this function from the SETUP control for the current SET UP N display mode OW LIFE 2 Each press of the RESET control TODT i l reduces the value by 10 percent 5 TART Aids Note Oil Life Start Value of 100 SET TO XXX equals 5 000 miles 8 000 km and 180 days Setting Oil Life Start Value to 60 sets the Oil Life Start Value to 3 000 miles 4 828 km and 120 days System warnings System warnings alert you to possible problems or malfunctions in your vehicle s operating systems In the event of a multiple warning situation the message center will cycle the display to show all warnings by displaying each one for 4 seconds The message center will display the last selected feature if there are no more warning messages This allows you to use the full functionality of the message center after you acknowledge the warning by pressing the RESET control and cle
179. g and inspect the fluid level 3 Add only enough fluid through the filler opening so that the fluid level is at the bottom of the opening Use only fluid that meets Ford specifications Refer to the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section in this chapter DRIVELINE UNIVERSAL JOINT AND SLIP YOKE If the original universal joints are replaced with universal joints equipped with grease fittings lubrication will be necessary Note Your vehicle s driveshaft is balanced If undercoating the vehicle protect the driveshaft and universal joints to prevent overspray of any undercoating material AIR FILTER Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the air filter element 291 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications When changing the air filter element use only the Motorcraft air filter element listed Refer to Motorcraft part numbers in this chapter To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running Changing the air filter element 1 Release the clamps that secure the air filter housing cover 2 Carefully separate the two halves of the air filter housing 3 Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing 4 Wipe the air filter housing and cover clean to remove any dir
180. gned may not be covered by your warranty Octane recommendations Your vehicle is designed to use Regular unleaded gasoline with pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 We do not recommend the use of gasolines labeled as Regular that are sold with octane ratings of 86 or lower in high altitude areas Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily under most driving conditions while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see your authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage Fuel quality If you are experiencing starting rough idle or hesitation driveability problems try a different brand of unleaded gasoline Premium unleaded gasoline is not recommended for vehicles designed to use Regular unleaded gasoline because it may cause these problems to become more pronounced If the problems persist see your authorized dealer It should not be necessary to add any aftermarket products to your fuel tank if you continue to use high quality fuel of the recommended octane rating Aftermarket products could cause damage to the fuel system Repairs to correct the effects of using an aftermarket product in your fuel may not be covered by your warranty 283 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Many of the world s automakers approved the World wide Fuel Charter that recommends gasoline specif
181. han five seconds Flashes Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled then below below illuminated 25 mph 25 mph solid 40 km h 40 km h 40 km h 40 km h Do not alter or modify your vehicle s suspension or steering the resulting changes to the vehicle s handling can adversely affect the AdvanceTrac with RSC system Aggressive driving in any road conditions can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of severe personal injury or property damage The occurrence of a AdvanceTrac with RSC event is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this may lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If you experience a severe road event SLOW DOWN If a failure is detected in the AdvanceTrac with RSC system and the AdvanceTrac with RSC button has not been pushed the warning indicator light in the instrument cluster will stay on If the warning indicator light in the instrument cluster remains on while the engine is running have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately 201 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving STEERING To prevent damage to the power steering system e Never hold the steering wheel at its furthest turning points until it stops for more than a few seconds when the engine is running e Do not operate the vehicle
182. hanism 203 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving 4 Apply the brake and shift into N Neutral 5 Return the cover plug to the console access hole Start the vehicle If it is necessary to use the above procedure to move the gearshift lever it is possible that a fuse has blown or the vehicle s brakelamps are not operating properly Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside Emergencies chapter Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brakelamps are working Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer 204 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Driving with a 5 speed automatic transmission if equipped This vehicle is equipped with an Adaptive Transmission Control Strategy This Adaptive Transmission Control Strategy offers the optimal transmission operation and shift quality When the vehicle s battery has been disconnected for any type of service or repair the transmission will need to relearn the normal shift strategy parameters much like having to reset your radio stations when your vehicle battery has been disconnected
183. he GAWR specified on the certification label Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of the vehicle and could result in engine damage transmission damage structural damage loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and personal injury GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating Trailer Weight Rear axle ratio Maximum Trailer weight GCWR Ib kg range lb kg 0 Maximum II towing towing III IV towing towing Notes For high altitude operation reduce GCW by 2 per 1 000 ft 300 meters elevation For definitions of terms used in this table and instructions on how to calculate your vehicle load refer to Vehicle loading in this chapter Maximum trailer weights shown The combined weight of the completed towing vehicle and the loaded trailer must not exceed the GCWR When towing maximum loads under high outside temperatures and on steep grades the A C system may cycle on and off to protect the engine from overheating This may result in a temporary increase of interior temperatures 187 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating Trailer Weight Rear axle ratio Maximum Trailer weight GCWR Ib kg range lb kg 0 Maximum 4 0L SOHC Class 8500 3856 0 3500 0 1588 II towing 4 6L Class II 8500 3856 0 3500 0 1588 towing 4 0L SOHC Class 3 73 10000 4536 0 5070
184. he INFO menu to display a timer To operate the Trip Elapsed Drive Time perform the following 1 Press and release RESET in order to start the timer 2 Press and release RESET to pause the timer Driver Controls FUEL USED XXX X GAL Nu WF OOC80G 0 mi ORIVE TIME V YY VV NN NENANENAN Nu WPF OO0800 0 fi 3 Press and hold RESET for 2 seconds in order to reset the timer to Zero Blank display Select this function from the INFO menu to turn the upper two lines of the message center display OFF Setup menu Press the SETUP control twice for the following displays e System Check e Units English Metric e Language e Autolamp Autolock e Autounlock Compass Zone Compass Calibration Oil Life Start Value 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls System check Selecting this function from the SETUP MENU causes the message SET UP center to cycle through each of the c F systems being monitored For each PRESS RESE i of the monitored systems the 1G BEGIN message center will indicate either SYSTEM CHECK an OK message or a warning message for two seconds Pressing the RESET control cycles the message center through each of the systems being monitored The sequence of the system check report and how it appears in the message center is as follows 1 OIL LIFE RESET CHARGING SYSTEM WASHER
185. he SIN instrument cluster will stay lit If the airbag readiness lamp is lit do the following The driver and or adult passengers should check for any objects that may be lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat If objects are lodged and or cargo is interfering with the seat please take the following steps to remove the obstruction e Pull the vehicle over e Turn the vehicle off e Driver and or adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat Remove the obstruction s if found Restart the vehicle e Wait at least 2 minutes and verify that the airbag readiness lamp is no longer illuminated If the airbag readiness lamp remains illuminated this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system DO NOT attempt to repair or service the system take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center at the phone number shown in the Customer Assistance section of this Owner s Guide 139 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Any alteration modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system Determining if the system is
186. he ignition to the OFF position 2 Check the fuel system for leaks 3 If no fuel leak is apparent reset the fuel pump shut off switch by pushing in on the reset button 4 Turn the ignition to the ON position Pause for a few seconds and return the key to the OFF position 5 Make a further check for leaks in the fuel system FUSES AND RELAYS Fuses If electrical components in the vehicle are not working a fuse may have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components 224 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Note Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire Standard fuse amperage rating and color COLOR mn ooo o oo aal EN fuses a fuses ee a ee a EE 4 Pink Pink J PSA Tm m J J 75A Brown Brown OA ka Ra 15A Bwe Bwe _ 25A Natural Naturali soa Orange Green 5a Rea Rea 6a Bwe Yellow Ow d a w J T E Ca S 225 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Passenger compartment fus
187. he shoulder belt while pushing down with your knee on the child seat 8 Allow the safety belt to retract to remove any slack in the belt 9 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward There should be no more than one inch of movement for proper installation 10 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode you should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 2 through 9 Check to make sure the child seat is properly secured before each use 153 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Attaching child safety seats with tether straps s Most new forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap which goes over the back of the seat and hooks to an anchoring point Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap The rear seats of your vehicle are equipped with built in tether strap anchors located behind the seats as described below The tether anchors in your vehicle are located behind sliding covers marked with the tether anchor symbol shown w
188. he wheel 1 Use the tip of the lug wrench to remove the beauty cap by twisting the tip under the cap 2 Loosen each wheel lug nut by half a turn but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground 3 Assemble the jack handle on the lug nut wrench by sliding the square end of the jack handle through the plastic grommet on the lug nut wrench and into the square hole on the other side 237 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies 4 Position the jack according to the illustrated guides and turn the jack handle clockwise until the tire is a maximum of 1 inch 25 mm off the ground To lessen the risk of personal injury do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while changing a tire Do not start the engine when your vehicle is on the jack The jack is only meant for changing the tire e Never use the front or rear differential as a jacking point 5 Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench is Z N AKu lt Ke ONA X gt o ah A REA 6 Replace the flat tire with the spare tire making sure the valve stem is facing outward Reinstall the lug nuts cone side in until the wheel is snug against the hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered 7 Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise 238 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners
189. hicles when the transfer case is in the N Neutral position the engine and transmission are disconnected from the rest of the driveline Therefore the vehicle is free to roll even if the automatic transmission is in P Park or the manual transmission is in gear Do not leave the vehicle unattended with the transfer case in the N Neutral position Always set the parking brake fully and turn off the ignition when leaving the vehicle Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer 4WD Systems 4WD uses all four wheels to power the vehicle This increases traction enabling you to drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot 215 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Power is supplied to all four wheels through a transfer case On 4WD vehicles the transfer case allows you to select 4WD when necessary Information on transfer case operation and shifting procedures can be found in the Driving chapter Information on transfer case maintenance can be found in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter You should become thoroughly familiar with this information
190. his mode If continued operation increases the engine coolant temperature to a critical range the engine will shut down Steering and braking effort will increase Once engine coolant temperature cools the engine can be restarted e Engine Oil Overheat Mode The ake Engine coolant temperature indicator will be on The instrument cluster has no separate oil temperature indicator Along with the nS Engine coolant temperature indicator the engine coolant temperature gauge will read in the Hot H area 278 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Oil overheat can be triggered in severe driving conditions such as towing heavy loads over mountainous terrain in extreme hot temperatures As oil temperature increases engine and vehicle speed will be limited The transmission will also shift differently When the engine oil has cooled the vehicle will perform normally When fail safe cooling mode is activated You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive the vehicle with caution Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine 2 Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to an authorized dealer 3 If this is not possible wait approximately 15 minutes for the engine to cool 4 Check the coolant level and re
191. hout losing your original manually set preset stations for AM FM1 FM2 Use A IV to turn on off 27 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems When the six strongest stations are filled the station stored in preset 1 will begin playing If there are less than six strong stations the system will store the last one in the remaining presets Use A IV to turn on off Bass Press A IV to adjust the bass setting Treble Press A IV to adjust the treble setting Balance Press A IV to adjust the audio between the left and right speakers Fade Press A IV to adjust the audio between the front and rear speakers Speed sensitive volume Radio volume automatically changes slightly with vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise Press MENU to access and use A IV to adjust The recommended level is 1 3 Level 0 SPEED OFF turns the feature off and level 7 is the maximum setting Occupancy mode Use A IV to select and optimize sound for ALL SEATS DRIVERS SEAT or REAR SEATS Track Folder Mode Available only on MP3 discs in CD mode Press A IV to toggle between Track and Folder mode In Track mode press a SEEK gt to scroll through all tracks on the current disc In Folder mode press gt SEEK to scroll through tracks within the selected folder Compression Brings soft and loud CD passages together for a more consistent listening level when in CD mode Press ME
192. humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the air flow selector in the O OFF position e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the rear seats 36 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Climate Controls e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield e To improve the A C cool down when the vehicle interior is significantly warmer than the outside temperature drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3 minutes after start up or until the vehicle has been aired out For maximum cooling performance in panel ps mode e Select MAX A C mode MAX A C uses recirculated air with A C to provide a cooler airflow e Move the temperature control to the coolest setting e Set the fan to the highest speed initially then adjust in order to maintain comfort To allow side window defogging and demisting while warming up the vehicle cabin 1 Select 7 2 Select A C 3 Set the temperature control to maintain comfort 4 Set the fan speed to the highest setting 5 Direct the outer instrument panel vents towards the side windows To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel To allow windshield defogging and demisting while warming up vehicle 1 Select Y floor defrost mode 2 Set temperature control to maintain
193. ications to provide improved performance and emission control system protection for your vehicle Gasolines that meet the World wide Fuel Charter should be used when available Ask your fuel supplier about gasolines that meet the World wide Fuel Charter Cleaner air Ford endorses the use of reformulated cleaner burning gasolines to improve air quality Running out of fuel Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you have run out of fuel e You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine e The C indicator may come on For more information on the check engine or the service engine soon indicator refer to Warning lights and chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter ESSENTIALS OF GOOD FUEL ECONOMY Measuring techniques Your best source of information about actual fuel economy is you the driver You must gather information as accurately and consistently as possible Fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are NOT accurate as a measure of fuel economy We do not recommend taking fuel economy measurements during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of driving engine break in period You will get a more accurate measurement after 2 000 miles 3 000 miles 3 000 km 5 000 km Filling the tank The advertised fuel capacity of the fuel ta
194. ife of the wiper blades it is highly recommended to scrape off the ice on the windshield before turning on the wipers The layer of ice has many sharp edges and can damage the micro edge of the wiper rubber element ENGINE OIL 92 Checking the engine oil Refer to the scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for checking the engine oil 1 Make sure the vehicle is on level ground 2 Turn the engine off and wait a few minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan 3 Set the parking brake and ensure the gearshift is securely latched in P Park 4 Open the hood Protect yourself from engine heat 5 Locate and carefully remove the engine oil level indicator dipstick 266 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 4 0L V6 engine gTJ AL ay FP akin NA ii hel hs e 4 6L V8 engine RRR OS ORR 6 Wipe the indicator clean Insert the indicator fully then remove it again e If the oil level is between the lower and upper holes the oil level is acceptable DO NOT ADD OIL e If the oil level is below the lower hole add enough oil to raise the level within the lower and upper holes 267 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 4 0L V6 engine e 4 6L V8 engine e Oil levels above the upper hole may cause engine damage Some oil must
195. ily loading a vehicle or towing a trailer may reduce fuel economy at any speed 286 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Carrying unnecessary weight may reduce fuel economy approximately 1 mpg 0 4 km L is lost for every 400 lb 180 kg of weight carried e Adding certain accessories to your vehicle for example bug deflectors rollbars light bars running boards ski luggage racks may reduce fuel economy e Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first 8 10 miles 12 16 km of driving e Driving on flat terrain offers improved fuel economy as compared to driving on hilly terrain e Transmissions give their best fuel economy when operated in the top cruise gear and with steady pressure on the gas pedal e Four wheel drive operation if equipped is less fuel efficient than two wheel drive operation e Close windows for high speed driving EPA window sticker Every new vehicle should have the EPA window sticker Contact your authorized dealer if the window sticker is not supplied with your vehicle The EPA window sticker should be your guide for the fuel economy comparisons with other vehicles It is important to note the box in the lower left corner of the window sticker These numbers represent the Range of MPG L 100 km expected on the vehicle under optimum conditions Your fuel economy may vary depending upon the method of operation
196. in the 1 OFF LOCK position and all vehicle doors are closed Power door unlock lock procedure You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated l a you must wait 30 seconds Note All doors must be closed and remain closed throughout the configuration process 1 Turn the ignition to the 3 ON position 2 Press the power door unlock control three times 3 Turn the ignition from the 3 ON to the 1 OFF LOCK position 4 Press the power door unlock control three times 5 Turn the ignition back to the 3 ON position The horn will chirp 6 Press the lock control then press the unlock control The horn will chirp once if autounlock was deactivated or twice one short and one long chirp if autounlock was activated 7 Turn the ignition to the 1 OFF LOCK position The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete Keyless entry key pad procedure 1 Turn the ignition to the 1 OFF LOCK position 2 Close all doors 3 Enter 5 digit entry code 4 Press and hold the 3 e 4 While holding the 3 e 4 press the 7 e 8 twice 5 Release the 7 e 8 106 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security 6 Release the 3 e 4 The user should receive a horn chirp to indicate the system has been disabled or a chirp followed by a honk to indicate the system has been enabled
197. ine coolant should be checked at the intervals listed in scheduled maintenance information The coolant concentration should be maintained at 50 50 coolant and distilled water which equates to a freeze point of 34 F 36 C Coolant concentration testing is possible with a hydrometer or antifreeze tester such as the Rotunda Battery and Antifreeze Tester 014 R1060 The level of coolant should be maintained at the FULL COLD level in the coolant reservoir If the level falls below add coolant per the instructions in the Adding engine coolant section Your vehicle was factory filled with a 50 50 engine coolant and water concentration If the concentration of coolant falls below 40 or above 60 the engine parts could become damaged or not work properly A 50 50 mixture of coolant and water provides the following e Freeze protection down to 34 F 36 C e Boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protection against rust and other forms of corrosion e Enables calibrated gauges to work properly When the engine is cold check the level of the engine coolant in the reservoir 273 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 4 0L V6 engine e 4 6L V8 engine e The engine coolant should be at the FULL COLD level as listed on the engine coolant reservoir depending upon application e Refer to scheduled maintenance information for service
198. ing gearshift lever e Will not downshift into 1 First at high speeds allows for 1 First when vehicle reaches slower speeds Forced downshifts e Allowed in D Drive only e Depress the accelerator to the floor e Allows transmission to select an appropriate gear If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD OPERATION IF EQUIPPED For important information regarding safe operation of this type of vehicle see Preparing to drive your vehicle in this chapter Four wheel drive 4WD supplies power to all four wheels 4WD High or 4WD Low should not be operated on dry pavement driveline damage may occur If equipped with the Electronic Shift 4WD System and 4WD Low is selected while the vehicle is moving above 3 mph 5 km h the 4WD system will not engage This is normal and should be no reason for concern Refer to Shifting to from 4WD Low for proper operation System indicator lights e 4X4 momentarily illuminates 4x4 when the vehicle is started Iluminates
199. interval schedules e Be sure to read and understand Precautions when servicing your vehicle in this chapter If the engine coolant has not been checked at the recommended interval the engine coolant reservoir may become low or empty If the reservoir is low or empty add engine coolant to the reservoir Refer to Adding engine coolant in this chapter Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable do not use engine coolant antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location 274 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Adding engine coolant When adding coolant make sure it is a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water Add the mixture to the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool until the appropriate fill level is obtained Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield e Add Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant or equivalent meeting Ford specification WSS M97B51 A1 Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Note Use of Motorcraft Cooling System St
200. ion When turning make wider turns so the trailer wheels will clear curbs and other obstacles e Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached e If you are driving down a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear Do not apply the brakes continuously as they may overheat and become less effective The trailer tongue weight should be 10 15 of the loaded trailer weight If you will be towing a trailer frequently in hot weather hilly conditions at GCW or any combination of these factors consider refilling your rear axle with synthetic gear lube if not already so 190 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading equipped Refer to the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for the lubricant specification Remember that regardless of the rear axle lube used do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km of a new vehicle and that the first 500 miles 800 km of towing be done at no faster than 70 mph 112 km h with no full throttle starts e After you have traveled 50 miles 80 km thoroughly check your hitch electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts e To aid in engine transmission cooling and A C efficiency during hot weather while stopped in traffic place the gearshift lever in P Park e Vehicles with trailers should not be parked on a grade If you must park on a grade place wheel chocks under the trailer s wheels Launching or retri
201. ion for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision 149 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a collision SAFETY SEATS FOR CHILDREN Child and infant or child safety seats Use a safety seat that is recommended for the size and weight of the child Carefully follow all of the manufacturer s instructions with the safety seat you put in your vehicle If you do not install and use the safety seat properly the child may be injured in a sudden stop or collision When installing a child safety seat e Review and follow the information presented in the airbag supplemental restraint system SRS section in this chapter e Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to prevent accidental unbuckling Place seat back in upright position e Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode Refer to Automatic locking mode passenge
202. ir or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses See your authorized dealer Modifications to the front end of the vehicle including frame bumper front end body structure and non Ford tow hooks may effect the performance of the airbag sensors increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of the vehicle with anything other than authorized Ford accessories for your vehicle Additional equipment may affect the performance of the airbag sensors increasing the risk of injury Please refer to the Body Builders Layout Book for instructions about the appropriate installation of additional equipment Children and airbags Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a collision Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back 133 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints How does the airbag supplemental restraint system work The airbag SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains longitudinal deceleration sufficient to cause the
203. irection each time you fill up e Have the vehicle loading and distribution the same every time Your results will be most accurate if your filling method is consistent Calculating fuel economy 1 Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading in miles or kilometers 2 Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added Gn gallons or liters 3 After at least three to five tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5 Follow one of the simple calculations in order to determine fuel economy Calculation 1 Divide total miles traveled by total gallons used Calculation 2 Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by total kilometers traveled Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This will provide an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter will show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures give lower fuel economy 285 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Driving style good driving and fuel economy habits Give consideration to the lists that follow and you may be able to change a number of variables and improve your fuel economy Habits
204. is provided to you along with your Owner s Guide Special instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls Please read the section Supplemental restraint system SRS in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Introduction Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access vehicle diagnostic information through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle Event Data Recording Other modules in your vehicle event data recorders are capable of collecting and storing data during a crash or near crash event The recorded information may assist in the investigation of such an event The modules may record information about both the vehicle and the occupants potentially incl
205. ith Overdrive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through six except in 4WD Low where transmission operates in gears two through six 209 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving D Drive without Overdrive Overdrive can be deactivated by pressing the transmission control switch on the side of the shift lever e This position allows for all forward gears 1 4 except overdrive Provides engine braking e Use when driving conditions cause excessive shifting from O D to other gears Examples city traffic hilly terrain heavy loads trailer towing and when engine braking is required e O D OFF lamp is illuminated 0 D OFF e To return to O D overdrive mode press the transmission control switch The O D OFF lamp will not be illuminated e O D Overdrive is automatically returned each time the key is turned off 3 Third Transmission operates in third gear only Used for improved traction on slippery roads Selecting 3 Third provides engine braking 2 Second Transmission operates in 2nd gear only Use 2 Second to start up on slippery roads or to provide additional engine braking on downgrades 1 First e Transmission operates in 1st gear only e Provides maximum engine braking 210 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving e Allows upshifts by mov
206. ith title The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions shown from top view Attach the tether strap only 4 to the appropriate tether anchor as shown The tether strap m may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor L 1 Position the child safety seat on the rear seat cushion 2 Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat For vehicles with adjustable head restraints route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback 154 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 3 Locate the correct anchor for the selected rear seating position To install a tethered child seat in the fixed left rear seat of Adrenalin vehicles fold the right center seat back down so that you can reach around the back of the left seat with your left hand to attach the tether hook onto the anchor e You may need to pull the seatback forward to access the tether anchors Make sure the seat is locked in the upright position before installing the child seat Refer to Folding Down The Rear Seats in this chapter for information on how to operate the rear seats 4 Slide open the tether anchor cover 155 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt
207. ition The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete CHILDPROOF DOOR LOCKS e When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside e The rear doors can be opened from the outside when the doors are unlocked The childproof locks are located on rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door Setting the lock for one door will not automatically set the lock for both doors e Move lock control up to engage the childproof lock e Move control down to disengage childproof locks REMOTE ENTRY SYSTEM This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 97 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The typical operating range for your remote entry transmitter is approximately 33 feet 10 meters A decrease in operating range could be caused by e weather conditions e nearby radio towers e structures around the vehicle or e other vehicles parked next to your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with a remot
208. ivation or deactivation procedures make sure that the anti theft system is not armed ignition is in the 1 OFF LOCK position and all vehicle doors are closed Power door unlock lock procedure You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated l A you must wait 30 seconds Note All doors must be closed and remain closed throughout the configuration process 1 Turn the ignition to the 3 ON position 104 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security 2 Press the power door unlock control three times 3 Turn the ignition from the 3 ON to the 1 OFF LOCK position 4 Press the power door unlock control three times 5 Turn the ignition back to the 3 ON position The horn will chirp 6 Press the unlock control then press the lock control The horn will chirp once if autolock was deactivated or twice one short and one long chirp if autolock was activated 7 Turn the ignition to the 1 OFF LOCK position The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete Keyless entry key pad procedure 1 Turn the ignition to the 1 OFF LOCK position 2 Close all doors 3 Enter 5 digit entry code 4 Press and hold the 3 e 4 While holding the 3 e 4 press the 7 e 8 5 Release the 7 e 8 6 Release the 3 e 4 The user should receive a horn chirp to indicate the system
209. ive 206 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving D Drive without Overdrive Overdrive can be deactivated by pressing the transmission control switch on the side of the gearshift lever e This position allows for all forward gears 1 4 except overdrive Provides engine braking e Use when driving conditions cause excessive shifting from O D to other gears Examples city traffic hilly terrain heavy loads trailer towing and when engine braking is required e O D OFF lamp is illuminated 0 D OFF e To return to O D overdrive mode press the transmission control switch The O D OFF lamp will not be illuminated e O D Overdrive is automatically returned each time the key is turned off 3 Third Transmission operates in third gear only Used for improved traction on slippery roads Selecting 3 Third provides engine braking 2 Second Use 2 Second to start up on slippery roads or to provide additional engine braking on downgrades 1 First e Provides maximum engine braking e Allows upshifts by moving gearshift lever e Will not downshift into 1 First at high speeds allows for 1 First when vehicle reaches slower speeds 207 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Forced downshifts e Allowed in D Overdrive or Drive e Depress the accelerator to the floor e Allows transmission to select a
210. ive that you consult the relevant section of this guide before L i touching or attempting adjustment of any kind Protecting the environment We must all play our part in protecting the environment Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps towards this aim Information in this respect is highlighted in this guide with the tree symbol 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Introduction BREAKING IN YOUR VEHICLE Your vehicle does not need an extensive break in Try not to drive continuously at the same speed for the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of new vehicle operation Vary your speed frequently in order to give the moving parts a chance to break in Drive your new vehicle at least 500 miles 800 km before towing a trailer For more detailed information about towing a trailer refer to Trawler towing in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Do not add friction modifier compounds or special break in oils during the first few thousand miles kilometers of operation since these additives may prevent piston ring seating See Engine oil in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for more information on oil usage SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty refer to the Warranty Guide that
211. l lamps stop lamps 227 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Passenger Compartment Fuse Location Rating Panel Description Manual DEATC climate control The following relays are located on either side of the passenger compartment fuse panel See your authorized dealer for service of these relays Description Delayed ACC Not used Park lamps RUN START Power distribution box The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment The power distribution box contains high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the Power Distribution Box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected refer to the Battery section of the Maintenance and Specifications chapter 228 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies aoe E The high current fuses are coded as follows Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Power Distribution Box POA O OBATT3 SJB POA BATTI SJB Pp o 4 0A Fuel pump Fuel injectors POC Notos o O Po OA IVD module pump 7 40A Powertrain Control Module PCM s o Heated windshield Cet o oa Heated wind
212. l may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the U S If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Central America the Caribbean or the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you write or call FORD MOTOR COMPANY WORLDWIDE DIRECT MARKET OPERATIONS 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 813 594 4857 FAX 813 390 0804 If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer employees cannot help you they can direct you to the nearest Ford affiliate office If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate outside of the U S or Canada register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Worldwide Direct Market Operations Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED P O Box 07150 Detroit Michigan 48207 252 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance Or call For a free publication catalog order toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com tems in this catalog may be purchased by cr
213. laws IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18 000 miles 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the fol
214. le damage to the interior painted surfaces INTERIOR TRIM e Clean the interior trim areas with a damp cloth then with a clean dry cloth e Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish 258 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Cleaning INTERIOR For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover ZC 14 e If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring will set e Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the seat mounted side airbag if equipped Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision LEATHER SEATS IF EQUIPPED Your leather seating surfaces have a clear protective coating over the leather e To cle
215. leaner ZC 23 available from your authorized dealer e The wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate ZC 32 A available from your authorized dealer This washer fluid contains special solution in addition to alcohol which helps to remove the hot wax deposited on the wiper blade and windshield from automated car wash facilities Be sure to replace wiper blades when they appear worn or do not function properly e Do not use abrasives as they may cause scratches e Do not use fuel kerosene or paint thinner to clean any parts Do not use sharp objects such as a razor blade to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals as it may cause damage to the rear window defroster s heated grid lines INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CLUSTER LENS Clean the instrument panel with a damp cloth then with a clean dry cloth or use Motorcraft Dash amp Vinyl Cleaner ZC 38 A e Avoid cleaners or polish that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system e Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possib
216. lected feature if there are no more warning messages This allows you to use the full functionality of the message center after you acknowledge the warning by pressing the RESET control and clearing the warning message Warning messages are divided into four categories e They cannot be cleared until the condition is corrected e They will reappear on the display ten minutes from the reset if the condition has not been corrected e They will not reappear until an ignition OFF ON cycle has been completed 73 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls e They reappear if the condition clears then reoccurs within the same ignition ON OFF cycle This acts as a reminder that these warning conditions still exist within the vehicle Warning display Warning returns after 10 minutes Warning returns only after the ignition key is turned from OFF to ON Engine oil change soon DOOR AJAR Displayed when a door is not completely closed CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM Displayed when the electrical system is not maintaining proper voltage when the engine is running If you are operating electrical accessories when the engine is idling at a low speed turn off as many of the electrical loads as soon as possible If the warning stays on or comes on when the engine is operating at normal speeds have the electrical system checked as soon as possible FUEL LEVEL LOW Displayed as an early reminder of a
217. llite radio reception performance e Antenna Obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material on the vehicle roof as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception 32 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems e Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in an audio mute Unlike AM FM audible static you will hear an audio mute when there is a satellite radio signal interference Your radio display may display NO SIGNAL to indicate the interference SIRIUS satellite radio service SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a continental U S based satellite radio service that broadcasts over 120 channels of music sports news and entertainment coast to coast A service fee is required in order to receive SIRIUS service Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Radio system include e Hardware and limited subscription term which begins on the date or sale or lease of the vehicle e Online media player access providing access to all 65 SIRIUS music channels over the internet Call SIRIUS at 888 539 7474 to obtain login instructions and y
218. lock brakes Traction Control is a driver aid that helps your vehicle If your vehicle should become stuck in deep snow or mud try switching the AdvanceTrac with RSC system off by pressing the AdvanceTrac with RSC button momentarily This will allow your tires to dig for traction If the AdvanceTrac with RSC system is activated excessively in a short period of time the brake portion of the system will disable to allow the brakes to cool down In this situation Traction Control will use only engine power reduction to help control the wheels from over spinning When the brakes have cooled down the system will again function normally Anti lock braking RSC and ESC are not affected by this condition and will function normally during the cool down period 198 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving If the vehicle is stuck in snow or mud or when driving in deep sand switching off the AdvanceTrac with RSC system may be beneficial so the wheels are allowed to spin If your vehicle seems to lose engine power while driving in deep sand or very deep snow switching off the AdvanceTrac with RSC stability enhancement feature will restore full engine power and will enhance momentum through the obstacle During Traction Control events the sliding car icon in the instrument cluster will flash momentarily Electronic Stability Control ESC The Electronic Stability Control ESC with
219. lorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Care should be taken to avoid inhaling excess fumes The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container Refueling Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island e Turn off your engine when you are refueling e Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle e Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places Keep children away from the fuel pump never let
220. lorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Additional information contained on the tire sidewall for LT type tires LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below 1 LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for service on light trucks 2 Load Range Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits 3 Maximum Load Dual Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle 4 Maximum Load Single lb kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle 173 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Information on T type tires T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below T145 80D16 is an example of a tire size Note The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example 1 T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for tem
221. lots and a business credit card holder The rear side of the console may incorporate the following features e Air vents e Cupholders Driver Controls Use only soft cups in the cupholder Hard objects can injure you in a collision POWER WINDOWS Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and do not let children play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the window openings 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus 55 Driver Controls Press and pull the window switches to open and close windows e Push down to the first detent and hold the switch to open AUTO e Pull up and hold the switch to close Rear Window Buffeting When one or both of the rear windows are open the vehicle may demonstrate a wind throb or buffeting noise this noise can be eliminated by lowering a front window approximately two to three inches One touch down Allows the driver s window to open fully without holding the control down Push the switch completely down to the second detent and release quickly The window will open fully Momentarily press the switch to any position to stop the window operation Window lock The window lock feature allows only the driver to operate the power windows
222. low fuel condition PARK BRAKE ENGAGED Displayed when the manual park brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the park brake is released contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM Displayed when the braking system is not operating properly If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 74 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls LOW TIRE PRESSURE Displayed when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure Refer to Inflating Your Tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter TIRE MONITOR FAULT Displayed when the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer TIRE SENSOR FAULT Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions refer to Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately Refer to Brake fluid reservoir in the Maintenance and
223. lowable weight of the fully loaded FRONT GAWR XXXXL REAR GAWR XXXXLB XXXXKG XXXXKG vehicle including all options H WITH equipment passengers and cargo xo Sy A RES The GVWR is shown on the AT XXX KPaIXX CPSLCOLD A ATEXXX KPaIXK PSI COLD Safety Compliance Certification THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR Label located on the B Pillar or grav TE DATE or MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABDVE the edge of the driver s door a a gua oe The GVW must never exceed the GVWR UI IT UOTE I ATE TT RC XX DSO WB BRK TINTTR TIPPS R TAXLE TR SPR XXXXX XXX X XX X X XX XX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury GCW Gross Combined Weight is the weight of the loaded vehicle GVW plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage C mportant The towing vehicle s braking system is rated for operation at GVWR not at GCWR Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where
224. lowing e The warning light will either flash or stay lit e The warning light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and warning light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the Personal Safety System serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision Safety restraints precautions Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit in the back seat where they can be properly restrained 119 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be s
225. lowing address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 249 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer Experience has shown that our customers have been very successful in achieving satisfaction by following the three step procedure outlined on the front page of the Warranty Guide However if your warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration Initially the BBB will try to resolve your question or concern through mediation Mediation is a process through which a representative of the BBB will contact the parties and explore options for settlement of your claim If mediation is not successful customers with eligible claims may participate in the BBB AUTO LINE arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing You are not bound by the decision but may choose to accept it If you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision then Ford must abide by the accepted
226. m senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat 136 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag may inflate the indicator will be unlit and stay unlit If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger s seat but the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp is lit it is possible that the person isn t sitting properly in the seat If this happens e Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the full upright position e Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended e Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger s frontal airbag If the indicator lamp remains lit even after this the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat Pass Airbag Off Disabled Small child in child Lit Disabled safety seat or booster Small child with safety Lit Disabled belt buckled or unbuckled Even with Advanced Restraints Systems children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the back seat After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it s very important that th
227. mbly away from the vehicle to expose the bulb sockets 27N a 2 Remove the bulb socket by 2 2 rotating counterclockwise and pulling it out of the lamp assembly 3 Pull the bulb straight out of the socket and push in the new bulb Install the new bulbs in reverse order 50 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus MULTI FUNCTION LEVER Windshield wiper Rotate the end of the control away from you to increase the speed of the wipers rotate towards you to decrease the speed of the wipers Windshield washer Push the end of the stalk e briefly causes a single swipe of the wipers without washer fluid e a quick push and hold the wipers will swipe three times with washer fluid e along push and hold the wipers and washer fluid will be activated for up to ten seconds TILT STEERING COLUMN Pull the lever down and release to unlock the steering column tilt lock With the lever in the down position tilt the steering column and wheel to its desired orientation Do not push or pull the lever while tilting the wheel Driver Controls gt 51 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Lift the lever back to its original position to lock the steering column Never adjust the steering column when the vehicle is moving ILLUMINATED VISOR MIRROR Lift the mirror cover to turn on the visor mirror l
228. minimum of 30 minutes of city and highway driving is necessary as described below e First at least 10 minutes of driving on an expressway or highway e Next at least 20 minutes driving in stop and go city type traffic with at least four idle periods Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature Once started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete POWER STEERING FLUID Check the power steering fluid Refer to the scheduled maintenance guide for the service interval schedules If adding fluid is necessary use only MERCON ATF 289 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 1 Start the engine and let it run until it reaches normal operating ss temperature the engine coolant temperature gauge indicator will be near the center of the normal area between H and C 2 While the engine idles turn the steering wheel left and right several times 3 Turn the engine off 4 Check the fluid level in the reservoir 5 The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX lines Do not add fluid if the level is in this range 6 If the fluid is low add fluid in small amounts continuously checking the level until it reaches the correct operating range Be sure to put the cap back on
229. n active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt 151 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it 152 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out and a click is heard 6 Allow the belt to retract The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Pull the lap belt portion across the child seat toward the buckle and pull up on t
230. n appropriate gear This vehicle is equipped with an Adaptive Transmission Control Strategy This Adaptive Transmission Control Strategy offers the optimal transmission operation and shift quality The transmission is equipped with a Transmission Control Module TCM located within the transmission assembly When the battery is disconnected for any type of service or repair the Adaptive Transmission Control Strategy parameters will be unaffected 208 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the rear wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear e Depress the brake pedal e Start the engine e Press the gearshift lever release button on the front of the lever and shift into the desired gear To put your vehicle in P Park e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Drive w
231. n or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation 1 Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle 2 Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system 3 Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Set the parking brake on both vehicles and stay clear of the engine cooling fan and other moving parts 4 Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables Ensure that vent caps are tight and level 5 Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect any electrical surges Turn all other accessories off 241 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Connecting the jumper cables 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery Note In the illustrations lightning bolts are used to designate the assisting boosting battery 2 Connect the other end of the positive cable to the positive terminal of the assisting battery 242 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the assisting battery 4 Make the final connection of the n
232. n the engine is turned off To manually turn off the heated windshield before the specified time has passed push the control switch again 41 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights HEADLAMP CONTROL O O Turns the lamps off p Turns on the parking lamps instrument panel lamps license plate lamps and tail lamps ZD Turns the headlamps on Autolamp Control if equipped The autolamp control sets the headlamps to turn on and off automatically The autolamp control located on the headlamp control may be set to e turn on the lamps automatically at night e turn off the lamps automatically during the daylight e keep the lamps on for up to three minutes after the key is turned to OFF To turn the autolamps on rotate the control counterclockwise to W Foglamp control if equipped 0 The foglamps can be turned on only when the headlamp control is in the gD Os or PE position and the high beams are not turned on Pull headlamp control towards you to turn foglamps on The foglamp indicator light below the icon will illuminate when foglamp is activated 42 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights Push the headlamp control towards the instrument panel to deactivate the foglamps Daytime running lamps DRL if equipped To activate DRL e the ignition must be in the ON position and e the headlamp
233. nger s safety belt is not the safety belt warning light illuminates buckled when the vehicle has and the warning chime sounds for reached at least 3 mph 5 km h 6 seconds every 30 seconds repeating and 1 2 minutes have elapsed for approximately 5 minutes or until the since the ignition switch has safety belts are buckled been turned to ON The driver s or front The BeltMinder feature is activated passenger s safety belt becomes the safety belt warning light illuminates unbuckled for approximately 1 and the warning chime sounds for minute while the vehicle is 6 seconds every 30 seconds repeating traveling at least 3 mph 5 km h for approximately 5 minutes or until the and more than 1 2 minutes safety belts are buckled have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to ON 127 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The following are reasons most often given for not wearing safety belts All statistics based on U S data Reasons given Consider Crashes are rare events 36700 crashes occur every day The more we drive the more we are exposed to rare events even for good drivers 1 in 4 of us will be seriously injured in a crash during our lifetime 25 miles 40 km of home Belts are uncomfortable We design our safety belts to enhance comfort If you are uncomfortable try different positions for the
234. ngine coolant temperature gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the needle will be in the normal range between H and C If it enters the red section the engine is overheating refer to Engine coolant in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool 18 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot Odometer Registers the total miles kilometers of the vehicle e Standard instrument cluster Nu IFF O00000 0 fi J e Optional instrument cluster S Refer to Message Center in the Driver Controls chapter on how to switch the display from English to Nut FF Metric 000080 0 fi J Trip odometer Registers the miles kilometers of individual journeys e Standard instrument cluster Press the TRIP RESET control once TRIP A to switch from the odometer to the XXX mi a TRIP A feature Press the control Ned again to select the TRIP B feature To reset the trip press and hold the control again until the trip reading is 0 0 miles e Optional instrument cluster f TRIP A B Press and release the message center INFO button until TRIP A XXX X mi mode appears in the display Press i Ni JFF l the control again to select the TRIP B f
235. nguage to be displayed LANGUAGE 2 Press the RESET control to cycle N the message center through each of gt ENGLISH the language choices to the desired ESPANOL language Selectable languages are English Spanish French Japanese or Arabic 3 Press the RESET control for the next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO menu Autolamp This feature keeps your headlights on for up to three minutes after the ignition is switched off 81 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls 1 To change the delay time of the autolamp feature select this _ SET UP function from the SETUP MENU AUTGLARP 2 Press the RESET control to select the new Autolamp delay time in gt 0 1 20 seconds value of 0 10 20 30 60 30 60 950 90 120 or 180 and wraps back to 0 Selecting 0 will result in no delay feature Note gt in front of a number indicates current selection 3 Press the RESET control for the next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO menu Autolock This feature automatically locks all vehicle doors when the vehicle is shifted into any gear and when the vehicle is in motion over 13 mph 20 km h or higher 1 To disable enable the autolock feature select this function from the SET UP o SETUP MENU AUTOLOCK 2 Press the RESET control to turn gt ON the autolock feature ON
236. nk on your vehicle is equal to the rated refill capacity of the fuel tank as listed in the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section of this chapter The advertised capacity is the amount of the indicated capacity and the empty reserve combined Indicated capacity is the difference in the amount of fuel in a full tank and a tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty Empty reserve is the small amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty 284 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank e Turn the engine ignition switch to the off position prior to refueling an error in the reading will result if the engine is left running e Use the same filling rate setting ow medium high each time the tank is filled e Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling e Always use fuel with the recommended octane rating e Use a known quality gasoline preferably a national brand e Use the same side of the same pump and have the vehicle facing the same d
237. ntact your authorized dealer as soon as possible CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM Displayed when the braking system is not operating properly If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible LOW TIRE PRESSURE Displayed when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure Refer to Inflating Your Tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter 86 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls TIRE MONITOR FAULT Displayed when the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer TIRE SENSOR FAULT Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions refer to Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately Refer to Brake fluid reservoir in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter CHECK HEADLAMP Displayed when the headlamps are activated and at least one bulb is burned out Check the lamps as soon as possible and have the burned out lamp replaced Refer to Replacing headlam
238. nter of the instrument panel To operate the heated seats e Push control to activate ODN e Push again to deactivate 114 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints REAR SEATS Folding down the 2nd row 60 40 seats Ensure that the head restraint is in the down position and no objects such as books purses or briefcases are on the floor in front of the second row seats before folding them down 1 Lower the head restraints by s pulling on the strap N 2 Locate handle on the side of the seat cushion by the door 3 Pull up on the handle and push the seatback forward toward the front of the vehicle To return the seat to the upright position 1 Lift the seatback toward the rear of the vehicle 2 Rotate the seatback until you hear a click locking it in the upright position 115 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 3 Lift up on the head restraint until gt A it locks into its original position t Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision SAFETY RESTRAINTS
239. ntinue to roll so that you may steer in the direction you want to travel If you lock the wheels release the brake pedal and repeat the squeeze technique If your vehicle is equipped with a Four Wheel Anti Lock Brake System ABS apply the brake steadily Do not pump the brakes Refer to the Brakes section of this chapter for additional information on the operation of the anti lock brake system Never drive with chains on the front tires of 4WD vehicles without also putting them on the rear tires This could cause the rear to slide and swing around during braking Maintenance and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability For this reason Ford Motor Company strongly recommends that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts such as lift kits or stabilizer bars or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will roll over as a result of a loss of control Ford Motor Company recommends that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high load or device such as ladder racks or pickup box cover Failure to maintain your vehicle properly may void the warranty increase your repair cost reduce vehicle performance and operational capa
240. nto 4X4 LOW 4WD Low wait for the 4X4 LOW light in the instrument cluster to turn on indicating the shift is complete e If shifting out of 4X4 LOW 4WD Low wait for the 4X4 LOW light in the instrument cluster to turn off indicating the shift is complete 212 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Driving off road with truck and utility vehicles 4WD vehicles are specially equipped for driving on sand snow mud and rough terrain and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles both on and off the road How your vehicle differs from other vehicles Truck and utility vehicles can differ from some other vehicles Your vehicle may be higher to allow it to travel over rough terrain without getting hung up or damaging underbody components The differences that make your vehicle so versatile also make it handle differently than an ordinary passenger car Maintain steering wheel control at all times especially in rough terrain Since sudden changes in terrain can result in abrupt steering wheel motion make sure you grip the steering wheel from the outside Do not grip the spokes Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damage from concealed objects such as rocks and stumps You should either know the terrain or examine maps of the area before driving Map out your route before driving in the area To maintain steering and braking control of your vehicle
241. ntrols To extend the cargo cage 1 Lower tailgate 2 Pull the lever on each side of the cargo cage to release it from the pickup box 3 Lift the cargo cage over on to the tailgate 4 Evenly push down on the cargo cage and push the lever in on each side locking it in place To stow the cargo cage follow steps one through four in reverse order The cargo cage may be used to secure a load of up to 100 lb 46 kg on the tailgate The cargo cage should always be kept in the stowed position with the tailgate closed when not in use Activating Cargo Cage Theft Deterrent Device The following procedure can be done with the cargo cage in the stowed or extended position 1 Locate the Phillips head screw in the middle of the vertical brace on the locking clip 2 Turn the screw counterclockwise until you hear an audible click 3 To deactivate turn the screw clockwise until the locking clip moves freely 90 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls To remove the cargo cage 1 Extend the cargo cage 2 Pull the lever on each side of the cage to unlock it Make sure the locking clip screws are loose before removing the cargo cage 3 Press the locking clips below the middle bar and lift the cargo cage out of the channels on the D pillar To install the cargo cage follow the removal procedure in reverse order TONNEAU CO
242. nts fluids and service parts conforming to specifications e Your authorized dealer can provide parts and service PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING YOUR VEHICLE e Do not work on a hot engine e Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts e Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space unless you are sure you have enough ventilation e Keep all open flames and other lit material away from the battery and all fuel related parts Working with the engine off 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Turn off the engine and remove the key 3 Block the wheels Working with the engine on 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Block the wheels To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 261 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications OPENING THE HOOD imp 1 Inside the vehicle pull the hood release handle located under the Y bottom left corner of the instrument panel 2 Go to the front of the vehicle and release the auxiliary latch that is eee located under the front center of the hood re Ey 3 Lift the hood A 262 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications IDENTIFYIN
243. nty or may not provide quality bulb burn time Sl a Headlamp low amp high H13 beam 3457 NAK amber 46 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights Number of bulbs Side park turn lamp lamp Rear backup lamp 2 28 O High mount brakelamp 1 1 Cargo lamp o 8 lamps Front fog lamp 9145 Interior cargo lamp 211 2 Interior overhead lamp 1 Front door courtesy 1 168 lamp Replacing headlamp bulbs Do not touch the glass of a halogen bulb 1 Turn off the headlamps and open the hood 2 Remove three screws from the headlamp assembly and pull headlamp forward 47 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights 3 Disconnect the electrical connector 4 Remove the old bulb by turning counterclockwise and pull it out Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb only by its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated Reverse steps to reinstall bulb s Replacing front parking lamp turn signal sidemarker bulbs 1 Turn off the headlamps and open the hood 2 Remove three screws from the headlamp assembly and pull headlamp forward 3 Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove it from the lamp assembly 4 Pull the bulb straight out of the socket
244. o its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision 111 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Using the manual lumbar support if equipped For more lumbar support turn the lumbar support control toward the A front of vehicle For less lumbar support turn the l lumbar support control toward the rear of vehicle N Adjusting the front power seat if equipped A Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving A Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to avoid injuring people in a collision or sudden stop A Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips A Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor 112 2007 07 Explorer Spo
245. obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline you should always try to drive straight up or straight down Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills A danger lies in losing traction slipping sideways and possibly rolling over Whenever driving on a hill determine beforehand the route you will use Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer 217 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving When climbing a steep slope or hill start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling If you do stall out do not try to turn around because you might roll over It is better to back down to a safe location Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill Too much power will cause the tires to slip spin or lose traction resulting in loss of vehicle control Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating Do not descend in neutral instead disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear When descending a steep hill avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control When you brake hard the front wheels
246. ode in as little as three to five seconds Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Highway hazards No matter how carefully you drive there s always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected Tire and wheel alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when youre driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive FWD vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension if equipp
247. of injury in an accident To disable one time or deactivate the BeltMinder feature please follow the directions stated below One time disable If at any time the driver front passenger quickly buckles then unbuckles the safety belt for that seating position the BeltMinder is disabled for the current ignition cycle The BeltMinder feature will enable during the same ignition cycle if the occupant buckles and remains buckled for approximately 30 seconds Confirmation is not given for the one time disable Deactivating activating the BeltMinder feature The driver and front passenger BeltMinder are deactivated activated independently When deactivating activating one seating position do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the deactivation activation programming procedure Note The driver and front passenger BeltMinder features must be disabled enabled separately Both cannot be disable enabled during the same key cycle 129 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The driver and front passenger BeltMinder features can be deactivated activated by performing the following procedure Before following the procedure make sure that e The parking brake is set e The gearshift is in P Park automatic transmission e The ignition switch is in the OFF position e The drive
248. ols Language Note When entering the SETUP MENU and a non English language has been selected PRESS RESET FOR ENGLISH will be displayed to change back to English 1 Select this function from the SETUP MENU for the current gt ENGLISH language to be displayed ESPONGL N 2 Press and hold the TRIP RESET Nee control to select a new language Selectable languages are English Spanish French Japanese or Arabic 3 Press the TRIP RESET control switch for the next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO MENU Autolamp This feature keeps your headlights on for up to three minutes after the ignition is switched off 1 To change the time delay of the autolamp feature select this AUTOLARP function from the SETUP MENU gt 0 10 20 2 Press and hold the TRIP RESET Ne control switch to select the new Autolamp delay time in seconds values of 0 10 20 30 60 90 120 or 180 and wraps back to 0 Selecting 0 will result in no delay feature Note gt in front of a number indicates current selection 3 Press the TRIP RESET control switch for the next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO MENU Autolock This feature automatically locks all vehicle doors when the vehicle is shifted into any gear and when the vehicle is in motion over 13 mph 20 km h or higher 1 To disable enable the autolock feature select this function from
249. on UNSUBSCRIBED Subscription not Contact SIRIUS at available for this 1 888 539 7474 to channel subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel NO TEXT Artist information not Artist information not available available at this time on this channel The system is working properly 34 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Radio Display Action Required NO TEXT Song title information Song title information not available NO TEXT NO SIGNAL Category information not available Loss of signal from the SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS tower to the vehicle antenna Update of channel programming in progress UPDATING CALL SIRIUS 1 888 539 7474 Satellite service has been deactivated by SIRIUS Satellite Radio 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus not available at this time on this channel The system is working properly Category information not available at this time on this channel The system is working properly You are in a location that is blocking the SIRIUS signal e tunnel under an overpass dense foliage etc The system is working properly When you move into an open area the signal should return No action required The process should take no longer than one minute Call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 to re activate or resolve subscription issues 35 Climate Cont
250. on if it is between vent and fully open 3 Window is moving up from the full open position 4 Window is moving up and is past the vent position 5 Window is moving up and is at the anti pinch shut off point If a down or vent command is selected and the ignition is switched to OFF or ON during window travel or with accessory delay power disabled the window will 1 Move down to the fully open or vent position 2 Window is moving down and is between closed and vent 57 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls 3 Window is moving up and is between vent and closed 4 Window is moving down and is between vent and down 5 Window is moving up and is between down and vent The down command is the only one allowed after the ignition has been switched to OFF or ON while the window is moving Bounce Back When the back window is moving upward and an obstacle interferes with the window s movement the back window will reverse direction and move toward the fully open position This is known as bounce back Security Override If during a bounce back condition the control is held in the up direction for at least two seconds the back window will travel up with no bounce back protection If the control is released before the window reaches fully closed or the ignition is switched to OFF or ON the back window will reverse direction with bounce back re enabl
251. ook retainers of the vehicle hitch To connect the trailer s safety chains cross the chains under the trailer tongue and allow slack for turning corners If you use a rental trailer follow the instructions that the rental agency gives to you Class III Trailer Hitch Safety Chain Loops can be used as recovery hooks Do not attach safety chains to the bumper Trailer brakes Electric brakes and manual automatic or surge type trailer brakes are safe if installed properly and adjusted to the manufacturer s specifications The trailer brakes must meet local and Federal regulations Do not connect a trailer s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle s brake system Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase The braking system of the tow vehicle is rated for operation at the GVWR not GCWR Trailer lamps Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles Make sure all running lights brake lights turn signals and hazard lights are working See your authorized dealer or trailer rental agency for proper instructions and equipment for hooking up trailer lamps Never connect any trailer lighting to the vehicle s taillamp circuits because it may damage the electrical system resulting in fire Contact your authorized dealer for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation Additional electrical equipment may be required 189 2007 07 Explorer Sport
252. op Leak Pellets or an equivalent product meeting Ford specification WSS M99B37 B6 may darken the color of Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant from yellow to golden tan e Do not add mix an orange colored extended life coolant such as Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant meeting Ford specification WSS M97B44 D with the factory filled coolant Mixing Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant or any orange colored extended life product with your factory filled coolant can result in degraded corrosion protection e A large amount of water without engine coolant may be added in case of emergency to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the cooling system must be drained and refilled with a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing e Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing e Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant 275 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications For vehicles with overflow coolant systems with a non pressurized cap on the coolant recovery system add cool
253. operational The SRS uses a readiness light in the instrument cluster or a tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to Airbag readiness section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light will either o flash or stay lit e The readiness light will not s iluminate immediately after ignition is turned on A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and or light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the SRS serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision Seat mounted side airbag system fe Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision Do not use accessory seat covers The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback 140 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 200
254. or e the remote transmitter lock control is pressed or e after 25 seconds of illumination The dome lamp control Gf equipped must not be set to the off position for the illuminated entry system to operate The inside lights will not turn off if e they have been turned on with the dimmer control or e any door is open The battery saver will shut off the interior lamps 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned to the 1 OFF LOCK position KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED You can use the keyless entry keypad to e lock or unlock the doors without using a key e activate or deactivate the autolock feature The keypad can be operated with the factory set 5 digit entry code this code is located on the owner s wallet card in the glove box is marked on the computer module and is available from your authorized dealer You can also create your own 5 digit personal entry code In the event the wallet card is lost the factory set code cannot be reprogrammed ees When pressing the controls on the keypad press the middle of the controls to ensure a good activation Programming a personal entry code Up to three personal entry codes may be programmed to the vehicle To create your own personal entry code 1 Enter the factory set code 2 Within five seconds press the 1 e 2 on the keypad 102 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks
255. or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter 6 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your Owner s Guide If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law 170 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 7 H Indicates the tire s speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law PCM 99 mph EV Wh O pT mph 9D KV k p80 mph BIO KW pW MPH ATO KWH k Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR 8 U S DOT
256. orary spare tire is installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the TPMS system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel tire needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle To restore the full functionality of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System have the damaged road wheel tire repaired and remounted on your vehicle For additional information refer to Changing tires with TPMS in this section 176 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading When you believe your system is not operating properly The main function of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended Please refer to the following chart for information concerning your Tire Pressure Monitoring System Low Tire Pressure Possible cause Customer Action Required Warning Light Solid Warning Light Tire s under inflated Spare tire in use TPMS malfunction 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus 1 Check your tire pressure to ensure tires are properly inflated refer to Inflating your tires in this chapter 2 After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the
257. ort Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus RC XX PPS R TAE TI X R SPR XXXXX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX 299 Maintenance and Specifications XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Vehicle identification number The vehicle identification number VIN is a 17 digit combination of letters and numbers The VIN is attached to a metal tag and is located on the driver side instrument panel The VIN number is also found on the Certification label Please note that in the graphic XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number 1 World manufacturer identifier XXX X XXXX X X X XXXXX 2 Brake type and gross vehicle l weight rating GVWR 3 Vehicle line series body type nN b b 3 4 Engine type 5 Check digit 6 Model year 7 Assembly plant 8 Production sequence number 300 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications TRANSMISSION TRANSAXLE CODE DESIGNATIONS You can find a transmission transaxle code on the MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO i ificati DATE GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG Palety Compliance SE ancien FRONT GAN XXXL RERGANR XXXLB Label The following table tells you XXXXKG WTH XXXXKG which transmission or transaxle wr R ay ae each code represents AT XXX kPa XX PSLCOLD AT XXX KPalxX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS
258. oss of the tire 5 If your vehicle is equipped with a spare tire lock and key be sure to install the spare tire lock into the bumper drive tube with the spare tire lock key and jack handle 6 Repeat this tightness check procedure when servicing the spare tire pressure every six months per scheduled maintenance information or at any time that the spare tire is disturbed through service of other components 239 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Stowing the jack and tools 1 Unblock the wheels 2 Stow the wheel ornament if removed in a safe location in the vehicle such as the glove box or jack stowage compartment so it will not become damaged Re install the wheel ornament onto the wheel once the tire is repaired or replaced 3 Stow the jack and tools in their respective locations making sure they are fully secured so they do not rattle when you drive WHEEL LUG NUT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque at 50 100 miles 80 160 km after any wheel disturbance rotation flat tire wheel removal etc Lug nut socket Wheel lug nut torque size Bolt size 135 Lug nut socket size 100 34 19 mm hex Bolt size 4 x 20 Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials
259. ou will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer The key codes need to be erased from your vehicle and new coded keys will need to be programmed Replacing coded keys can be very costly Store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences Please visit an authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys Programming spare keys You can program your own coded keys to your vehicle Tips e A maximum of eight keys can be coded to your vehicle e Only use SecuriLock keys e You must have two previously programmed coded keys keys that already operate your vehicle s engine and the new unprogrammed key s readily accessible e If two previously programmed coded keys are not available you must take your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the spare key s programmed 108 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security Please read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 1 Insert the first previously programmed coded key into the O ignition 4 2 Turn the ignition from the 1 OFF LOCK position to the 3 ON position Keep the ignition in the 3 ON position for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 3 Turn the ignition to the 1 OFF LOCK position and remove the first coded key from the ignition 4 Within ten seconds of turning the ignition to the 1
260. our password For information on extended subscription terms contact SIRIUS at 888 539 7474 Note SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN This 12 digit Satellite Serial Number is needed to activate modify or track your satellite radio account You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS While in Satellite Radio mode you can view this number on the radio display by pressing AUX and Preset 1 control simultaneously 33 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Radio Display Action Required ACQUIRING Radio requires more No action required than two seconds to This message should produce audio for the disappear shortly selected channel SAT FAULT Internal module or If this message does system failure not clear within a short present period of time or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See your authorized dealer for service INVALID CHNL Channel no longer This previously available available channel is no longer available Tune to another channel If the channel was one of your presets you may choose another channel for that preset butt
261. over ZC 42 Motorcraft Car Care Kit ZC 26 Motorcraft Car Wash Canada only CXC 21 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Custom Clear Coat Polish ZC 8 A Motorcraft Custom Vinyl Protectant U S only ZC 40 A Motorcraft Dash and Vinyl Cleaner ZC 38 A Motorcraft Deluxe Leather and Vinyl Cleaner U S only ZC 11 A Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser U S only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft One Step Wash and Wax Concentrate ZC 6 A Motorcraft Paint Sealant ZC 45 Motorcraft Premium Car Wash Concentrate U S only ZC 17 B Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate ZC 32 A Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover U S only ZC 14 Motorcraft Tire Clean and Shine ZC 28 Motorcraft Triple Clean U S only ZC 13 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner Canada only CXC 93 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A 260 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS e Use the scheduled maintenance information to track routine service e Use only recommended fuels lubrica
262. ow the re normal range Check the oil level and add oil if needed Refer to Engine oil in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter If the light remains ON while driving the temperature of the engine may be too high refer to Engine coolant in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Engine coolant temperature I lluminates when the engine coolant temperature is high Stop the vehicle as soon as possible switch off the engine and let cool Refer to Engine coolant in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter e Standard instrument cluster E ETTI Cars e Optional instrument cluster e Optional instrument cluster Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot Low tire pressure warning Iluminates when your tire pressure is low If the light remains ON at O start up or while driving the tire pressure should be checked Refer to Inflating Your Tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter When the ignition is first turned to ON the light will illuminate for 3 seconds to ensure the bulb is working If the light does not turn ON have the system inspected by your authorized dealer For more 15 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster information on this system refer to Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Check fuel cap luminates when the fuel cap may
263. p Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Climate Controls 4 MAX A C Distributes gt recirculated air through the ae instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This recooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient Recirculated air may also help reduce undesirable odors from entering the vehicle 5 DUAL Press to turn on the ea separate passenger side temperature control Press again to turn off the separate passenger side temperature control 6 G Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents It can be used to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice 7 Y Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and floor vents Note Some airflow will come out of the small vents near the side windows 8 A Distributes air through the floor vents Note Some airflow will come out of the small vents near the side windows 9 J Distributes air through the instrument panel vents and the floor vents 10 Ji Distributes air through the instrument panel vents 11 OFF Outside air is shut out and or the fan will not operate 12 AUTO Press to turn on full automatic operation and select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system will automatically determine fan speed air flow location A C on or off and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to reach the desired temperature 13 Manual override controls or lee Allow
264. p bulbs in the Lights chapter CHECK HIGHBEAM LAMP Displayed when the highbeam lamps are activated and at least one bulb is burned out Check the lamps as soon as possible and have the burned out lamp replaced Refer to Replacing headlamp bulbs in the Lights chapter CHECK TURN LAMP Displayed when the turn lamps are activated and at least one bulb is burned out Check the lamps as soon as possible and have the burned out lamp replaced Refer to Replacing headlamp bulbs in the Lights chapter WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the washer fluid reservoir is less than one quarter full Check the washer fluid level Refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter OIL CHANGE REQUIRED Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 0 An oil change is required whenever indicated by the message center and according to the recommended maintenance schedule USE ONLY RECOMMENDED ENGINE OILS ENGINE OIL CHANGE SOON Displayed when the engine oil life reaches 5 or less of the Oil Life Start Value 87 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls POSITIVE RETENTION FLOOR MAT Do not install additional floor mats on top of the factory installed floor mats as they may interfere with the accelerator or the brake pedals Position the driver floor mat so that the eyelet is over the pointed end of the retention post and rotate forward to lock in Make sure th
265. plenish if low Look for coolant leakage in the engine compartment and under the vehicle Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot 5 Restart the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer Driving the vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible FUEL FILTER For fuel filter replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the fuel filter Replace the fuel filter with an authorized Motorcraft part The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel system if an authorized Motorcraft fuel filter is not used WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT AUTOMOTIVE FUELS fg Important safety precautions Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire 279 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications The fuel system may be under pressure If the fuel filler cap is venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound wait until it stops before completely removing the fuel filler cap Otherwise fuel may spray out and injure you or others If you do not use the proper fuel filler cap excessive vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap to disengage in a collision
266. porary service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks 2 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire lt U Vo 3 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall 4 D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial type tire 5 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the tire label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Refer to the payload description and graphic in the Vehicle loading with and without a trailer section 174 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare Gf provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to O the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation
267. present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Ensure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while the vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control Note If there is corrosion on the area where the wheel contacts the hub apply a thin film of grease or anti seize compound on that area 240 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies JUMP STARTING The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage Preparing your vehicle When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the transmission must relearn its shift strategy As a result the transmission may have firm and or soft shifts This operation is considered normal and will not affect functio
268. r and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate activate the BeltMinder feature while driving the vehicle 1 Turn the ignition switch to the RUN or ON position DO NOT START THE ENGINE 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off Approximately 1 minute e Step 3 must be completed within 50 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off 3 For the seating position being disabled at a moderate speed buckle then unbuckle the safety belt 9 times ending in the unbuckled state Step 3 must be completed within 50 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off e After Step 3 the restraint system warning light airbag light will be turned on for three seconds 4 Within 10 seconds of the light turning on at a moderate speed buckle then unbuckle the safety belt e This will disable the BeltMinder feature for that seating position if it is currently enabled As confirmation the restraint system warning light will flash 4 times per second for 3 seconds e This will enable the BeltMinder feature for that seating position if it is currently disabled As confirmation the restraint system warning light will flash 4 times per second for 3 seconds followed by 3 seconds with the light off then followed by the restraint system warning light flashing 4 times per second for 3 seconds again 130 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002
269. r side front and outboard rear seating positions Gf equipped section in this chapter e LATCH lower anchors are recommended for use by children up to 48 Ib 22 kg in a child restraint Top tether anchors can be used for children up to 60 pounds 27 kg in a child restraint and to provide upper torso restraint for children up to 80 lb 86 kg using an upper torso harness and a belt positioning booster 150 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Ford recommends the use of a child safety seat having a top tether strap Install the child safety seat in a seating position with LATCH and tether anchors For more information on top tether straps and anchors refer to Attaching safety seats with tether straps in this chapter For more information of LATCH anchors refer to Attaching safety seats with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children attachments in this chapter Carefully follow all of the manufacturer s instructions included with the safety seat you put in your vehicle If you do not install and use the safety seat properly the child may be injured in a sudden stop or collision Rear facing child seats or infant carriers should never be placed in front of an active passenger airbag Installing child safety seats with combination lap and shoulder belts Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of a
270. r tires to the recommended tire pressure How temperature affects your tire pressure The Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase approximately 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary over night with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease approximately 3 psi 20 7 kPa for a drop of 30 F 16 6 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the TPMS as being lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the TPMS warning for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is ON visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check air pressure in the road tires If any tire is 178 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading underinflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure USING SNOW TIRES AND TRACTION DEVICES Snow tires must be the same size and grade as the tires you currently have on your vehicle The tires on your vehicle have all weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow However in some climates
271. rac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems In Satellite radio mode if equipped press and release to enter TEXT MODE and display the current song title While in TEXT MODE press again to scroll through the current song title artist channel category and the SIRIUS long channel name In TEXT MODE sometimes the display requires additional text to be displayed When the gt indicator is active press SEEK to view the additional display text When the gt indicator is active press lt q SEEK to view the previous display text In Satellite Radio mode if equipped press and hold to hear a brief sampling of the next channels Press again to stop 14 AM FM Press to select Ai AM FM1 FM2 frequency band 15 ON OFF Volume Press to turn ON OFF Turn to increase decrease volume If the volume is set above a certain level and the ignition is turned off the volume will come back on at a nominal listening level when the ignition switch is turned back on 16 CD Press to enter CD mode If a a CD is already loaded into the system CD play will begin where it ended last If no CD is loaded NO DISC will appear in the display 17 CD eject Press to eject a CD VOL PUSH 18 CD slot Insert a CD label side up 25 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Audiophile AM FM In dash Six CD MP3 Satellite Compatible
272. rall length 210 2 5338 3 2 Overall width 73 7 1872 7 3 Maximum height 71 9 1825 6 4 Wheelbase 130 5 3314 7 5 Track width front 60 9 1547 5 5 Track width rear 62 1574 3 Height includes roof rack and cross bars with P235 65R18 tire 298 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications A ra A IDENTIFYING YOUR VEHICLE Oe Safety Compliance Certification Label The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located The Safety Compliance Certification Label is located on the structure by the trailing edge of the driver s door B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Y MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWRXXXXXLB XXXXXKG DATE XX XX FRONT GAWR XXXXL PS THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPI VEHICLE SAFETY AND TH EFFECT ON THE DATE OF VIN TYPE XXX EXT PNT XX REAR GAWR COLD yA EFT PREVENT XXXX XX XXXXLB WITH TIRES RIMS XXX KPalXX PSI COLD LICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR ON STANDARDS IN MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX XXXXX DSO WB BRK TINTTR XXX X XX 2007 07 Explorer Sp
273. ram is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding both to you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 FORD EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN You can get more protection for your new car or light truck by purchasing Ford Extended Service Plan Ford ESP coverage It provides the following e Benefits during the warranty period depending on the plan you purchase such as reimbursement for rentals coverage for certain maintenance and wear items e Protection against covered repair costs after your Bumper to Bumper Warranty expires You may purchase Ford ESP from any participating authorized dealer There are several plans available in various time distance and deductible combinations which can be tailored to fit your o
274. rary malfunctions may cause the 39 indicator to illuminate Examples are 1 The vehicle has run out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 288 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 2 Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel 3 The fuel cap may not have been securely tightened See Fuel filler cap in this chapter These temporary malfunctions can be corrected by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel and or properly tightening the fuel cap After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present the indicator should turn off A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city highway driving No additional vehicle service is required If the 3 indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M testing In some localities it may be a legal requirement to pass an I M test of the on board diagnostics system If the i indicator is on refer to the description in the Warning lights and chimes section of the Instrument Cluster chapter Your vehicle may not pass the I M test with the indicator on If the vehicle s powertrain system or its battery has just been serviced the on board diagnostics system is reset to a not ready for I M test condition To ready the on board diagnostics system for I M testing a
275. res frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label 164 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot i e driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Note If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive Never bleed or reduce air pressure when tires are hot 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Repeat this procedure for each tire including the spare Note Some spare
276. resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 10 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressu
277. rgency spare tire If 4WD operation is necessary do not operate above speeds of 10 mph 16 km h or for distances above 50 miles 80 km 3 Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire wheel do not e Exceed 70 mph 113 km h e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire wheel at a time e Use commercial car washing equipment e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire wheel The usage of a full size dissimilar spare tire wheel can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability Wet weather driving capability e All Wheel driving capability Gf applicable Load leveling adjustment if applicable 233 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire wheel additional caution should be given to e Towing a trailer e Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body e Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare tire wheel and seek service as soon as possible Stopping and securing the vehicle 1 If you get a flat tire while driving do not apply the brake heavily instead gradually decrease your speed Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly mo
278. rols MANUAL HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED 1 Temperature selection Controls the temperature of the airflow in the vehicle Ia 2 Air flow selections Controls PO the direction of the airflow in the vehicle See the following for a brief description on each control Max A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This recooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient Recirculated air may also help reduce undesirable odors from entering the vehicle ps Distributes outside air through the instrument panel vents lt A Distributes outside air through the instrument panel vents and the floor vents O OFF Outside air is shut out and the fan will not operate lt A Distributes outside air through the floor vents Note Some airflow will come out of the small vents near the side windows Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and floor vents Note Some airflow will come out of the small vents near the side windows 7 Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents 3 A C Uses outside air to cool the vehicle Air flows primarily from the instrument panel register vents 4 Fan speed adjustment Controls the volume of air circulated in the vehicle Operating tips e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather place the air flow selector in the G7 position To reduce
279. rt Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not hang objects off seat back or stow objects in the seatback map pocket if equipped when a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center console Gif equipped Check the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag status Refer to Front passenger sensing system section for additional details Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the front passenger seat sensing system The control is located on the outboard side of the seat cushion Press front to raise or lower the front portion of the seat cushion 4 iG Press rear to raise or lower the rear portion of the seat cushion 4 Press the control to move the seat forward backward up or down 113 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints x x Press the control to recline the seatback forward or rearward Using the power lumbar support if equipped The power lumbar control is located on the outboard side of the seat Press one side of the control to adjust firmness Press the other side of the control to adjust softness Heated seats if equipped The heated seat control is located in the lower ce
280. s information to the Restraints Control Module RCM During a crash the RCM activates the safety belt pretensioners and or either one or both stages of the dual stage airbag supplemental restraints based on crash severity and occupant conditions The fact that the pretensioners or airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the Personal Safety System determined the accident conditions crash severity belt usage etc were not appropriate to activate these safety devices Front airbags are designed to activate only in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints The dual stage airbags offer the capability to tailor the level of airbag inflation energy A lower less forceful energy level is provided for more common moderate severity impacts A higher energy level is used for the most severe impacts Refer to Airbag supplemental restraints section in this chapter Front crash severity sensor The front crash severity sensor enhances the ability to detect the severity of an impact Positioned up front it provides valuable information early in the crash event on the severity of the impact This allows your Personal Safety System to distinguish between different levels of crash
281. s you to manually determine where airflow is directed To return to fully automatic control press AUTO 39 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Climate Controls control Press to increase or decrease the temperature on the driver side of the cabin This control also sets the passenger side temperature when DUAL is disengaged Recommended initial settings are 72 to 75 F and then adjust for comfort 15 Fan Speed Manually increases p 14 Driver s side temperature f or decreases the fan speed 16 EXT Displays the outside air EXT f temperature Press again to display cabin temperature settings Exterior readings are more accurate when the vehicle is moving 17 Temperature conversion 5e Press to toggle between Fahrenheit and Celsius temperature on the DATC display only The set point temperatures in Celsius will be displayed in half degree increments Operating tips e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather place the air flow selector in the 7 position To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the air flow selector in OFF or with recirculated air engaged e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the rear seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield e To improve the A C cool down drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3
282. sh In order to maintain their shine e Clean weekly with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A which is available from your authorized dealer Heavy dirt and brake dust accumulation may require agitation with a sponge Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water Never apply any cleaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or covers e Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims or covers Chemical strength cleaners or cleaning chemicals in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clearcoat finish over time e Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergent e To remove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 available from your authorized dealer 255 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Cleaning ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal When washing e Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage e Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components e Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser ZC 20 on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean Cover the highlighted areas
283. shield right gt e T o Pousa SS 229 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Power Distribution Box PC Notse o PDE CC Noted Cid P CC Noted Cid 24 10A Powertrain Control Module OO A OS SEOD canteen a lighter 4x4 module i 20A 6 speed transmission control A a P28 0A Heated seats Fog lamps PC Noted o AC clutch PGC Noted o 38 SA 5 speed transmission P89 TSA ro power 15A Fan clutch PCV valve 4 0L ee ee eee ree Pa dNt sed 230 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Power Distribution Box Location Rating Description 42 15A Speed control deactivation switch EVMV MAFS HEGO EVR CMS VCT1 VCT2 CMCV ih on 4 6L only 43 15A Coil on plug 4 6L engine Coil D a eee a PASAT Noted o Po 4B CC Notos o o aa o Notos o o aB CC Notos o Po ATC sd Front wiper relay PA CM relay o P Bel pump relay O o 50A CC dog amps relay o 58B CC CSAC cuttch relay O PC Notus o PT AC clutch diode PST Noted oo PAT CC Trailer tow battery charge relay _ PHC Cd SSttarterrelay o PGE CC Climate control blower relay CHANGING THE TIRES If you get a flat tire while driving e do not brake heavily e gradually decrease the vehicle s speed e hold the steering wheel firmly e slowly move to a safe place on the side of the roa
284. socket out from the handle 235 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Removing the spare tire 1 Assemble the jack handle to the lug wrench by sliding the square end of the jack handle through the plastic grommet on the lug nut wrench and into the square hole on the other side 2 Insert the square end of the jack handle extension into the rear access hole located just above the rear bumper and below the tailgate Forward motion will stop and resistance to turning will be felt when properly engaged 3 Connect the jack handle to the jack handle extension Turn the handle counterclockwise until the tire is lowered to the ground and the cable is slightly slack 4 With the spare tire on the ground remove the retainer from the spare _ tire Z CIS 236 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Changing the spare tire Roadside Emergencies To help prevent the vehicle from moving when you change a tire be sure the parking brake is set then block the wheel that is diagonally opposite other end of the vehicle to the tire being changed If the vehicle slips off the jack you or someone else could be seriously injured Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing t
285. song title artist channel category and the SIRIUS long channel name In TEXT MODE sometimes the display requires additional text to be displayed When the gt indicator is active press SEEK to view the additional display text When the lt indicator is active press lt q SEEK to view the previous display text In Satellite Radio mode if equipped press and hold to hear a brief sampling of the next channels Press again to stop 14 AM FM Press to select Ti AM FM1 FM2 frequency band 15 ON OFF Volume Press to turn ON OFF Turn to increase decrease volume If the volume is set above a certain level and the ignition is turned off the volume will come back on at a nominal listening level when the ignition switch is turned back on VOL PUSH 30 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 16 CD Press to enter CD mode If a CD is already loaded into the system CD play will begin where it ended last If no CD is loaded NO DISC will appear in the display 17 LOAD Press to load a CD Press LOAD and a memory preset to load to a specific slot Press and hold to autoload up to six CDs d 18 CD eject Press to eject a CD Press and hold to auto eject all CDs present in the system If there is no CD present the display will read NO CD 19 CD slot Insert a CD label side up D GENERAL AUDIO INFORMATION Radio frequencies A
286. ss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle or transfer case power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement see an authorized dealer Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the TPMS indicator is flashing your TPMS is malfunctioning Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your TPMS or some component of the TPMS may be damaged 167 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Safety practices Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety e Observe posted speed limits e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road e Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud sand etc do not rapidly spin the tires spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can expl
287. straints SEATING Notes Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to reduce the risk of injury in a collision or sudden stop Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision Adjustable head restraints Head restraints help to limit head motion in the event of a rear collision The seats in your vehicle have adjustable head restraints Adjust your head restraint so that it is located directly or as close as possible behind your head The head restraints can be moved up and down on first row seats 4 only 110 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Push control to lower head restraint es x Adjusting the front manual seat if equipped Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips Lift handle to move seat forward or backward Pull lever up to adjust seatback Before returning the seatback t
288. t 240 Ib 104 kg If you remove 3 100 lb 45 kg cement bags then the load calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 9 x 100 1400 440 900 60 lb Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 9 x 45 kg 635 198 405 32 kg The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label found on the edge of the driver s door 185 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Special loading instructions for owners of pickup trucks and utility type vehicles For important information regarding safe operation of this type of vehicle see the Preparing to drive your vehicle section in the Driving chapter of this Owner s Guide Loaded vehicles may handle differently than unloaded vehicles Extra precautions such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance should be taken when driving a heavily loaded vehicle Your vehicle can haul more cargo and people than most passenger cars Depending upon the type and placement of the load hauling cargo and people may raise the center of gravity of the vehicle TRAILER TOWING Trailer towing with your vehicle may require the use of a
289. t cluster or a tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Azrbag readiness section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required Any difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light same light as for front airbag system will either flash or stay lit e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the SRS serviced at authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision or rollover event Disposal of airbags and airbag equipped vehicles including pretensioners See your authorized dealer Airbags MUST BE disposed of by qualified personnel SAFETY RESTRAINTS FOR CHILDREN See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children Also see Airbag supplemental restraint system SRS in this chapter for special instructions about using airbags 145 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Important child restraint precautions You are required by law to use safety restraints for children in the U S and Canada If small children generally children who ar
290. t or debris and to ensure good sealing 5 Install a new air filter element Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover This could cause filter damage and allow unfiltered air to enter the engine if not properly seated 6 Replace the air filter housing cover and secure the clamps Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS Oil filter FL 820S FL 820S PCV valve Se 1The PCV valve is a critical emission component It is one of the items listed in scheduled maintenance information and is essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system For PCV valve replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the PCV valve 292 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Replace the PCV valve with one that meets Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as a Motorcraft or equivalent replacement part The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the emissions system if such a PCV valve is not used For spark plug replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropri
291. t up remains on or flashes the ABS may be disabled and may need to be serviced Even when the ABS is disabled normal braking is still effective If your BRAKE warning lamp illuminates with the parking brake BRAKE released have your brake system serviced immediately 196 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Parking brake Apply the parking brake whenever the vehicle is parked To set the parking brake press the parking brake pedal down until the pedal stops The BRAKE warning lamp in the instrument cluster illuminates and remains illuminated when the ignition is turned ON until the BRAKE parking brake is released Always set the parking brake fully and make sure that the gearshift is securely latched in P Park If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer The parking brake is not recommended to stop a moving vehicle However if the normal brakes fail the parking brake can be used to stop your vehicle in an emergency Since the parking brake applies only the rear brakes the vehicle s stopping distance will increase greatly and the handling of your vehicle will be adversely affected Pull the release lever to release the brake Driving with the parking brake on will cause the brakes to wear out quickly and reduce fuel economy
292. ted INFLATING YOUR TIRES Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required 163 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company Use a tire gauge to check the tire inflation pressure including the spare if equipped at least monthly and before long trips You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance
293. tes CATEGORY Satellite Radio if equipped Press MENU until the currently active category appears in the display CATEGORY MODE In CATEGORY MODE press A IV to scroll through the list of available Sirius channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Press lt A SEEK or SCAN to select the category After a category is selected press SEEK to search for that specific category of channels only i e ROCK To select a different category press MENU until the category appears in the display Press A IV to select a different category You may also select CATEGORY ALL to seek all available Sirius categories and channels Satellite radio is available only in the continental United States with a valid SIRIUS subscription RBDS Radio Broadcast Digital Signal ON OFF Press W to turn RBDS ON or OFF Program Type lf RBDS is ON press A IV to find the desired program type then use lt 4 SEEK gt or SCAN to search for FM radio stations broadcasting the desired program type SHOW RBDS Info If RBDS is ON this allows you to display the name of the FM radio station or program type Press A IV to show program type station name or none RBDS Allows you to search RBDS Radio Broadcast Digital Signal equipped stations for the following music formats Classical Country Jazz Oldies R amp B Religious Rock Soft Top 40 and Information Inform RBDS is only available in FM mode Autoset Allows you to set the strongest local radio stations wit
294. the exterior tiedowns on the pickup box Failure to secure the rear panel could damage the tonneau cover or vehicle To remove the tonneau cover The tonneau cover weighs 70 lb 29 kg and needs to be supported during removal since the panels will automatically lock when set down on the pickup box This is a two person operation e Unlock and support the front and rear panels e Fold the rear panel on top of the front panel e Pull the release levers on the underside of the tonneau cover from the pickup box and remove the cover For installation of the tonneau cover reverse the removal procedure 92 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Interior tonneau cover release Your vehicle is equipped with a mechanical interior tonneau cover release handle that provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the pickup box Adults are advised to familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the release handle To open the tonneau cover from the inside pull the T shaped handle and push up on the tonneau cover panel The handle is composed of a material that will glow for hours in darkness following brief exposure to ambient light The T shaped handle is located on the tonneau cover panel Keep vehicle doors and tonneau cover locked and keep keys and remote transmitters out of
295. the reservoir BRAKE FLUID The fluid level will drop slowly as the brakes wear and will rise when the brake components are replaced Fluid levels below the MAX line that do not trigger the brake system warning lamp are within the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of your brake system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately TRANSMISSION FLUID Checking automatic transmission fluid The automatic transmission does not have an underhood transmission fluid dipstick Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage 290 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Transmission fluid should be checked and if required fluid should be added by an authorized dealer Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components TRANSFER CASE FLUID IF EQUIPPED 1 Clean the filler plug 2 Remove the filler plu
296. the vehicle The heater can be plugged in the night before starting the vehicle 195 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving To reduce the risk of electrical shock do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters BRAKES Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out and should be inspected by an authorized dealer If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized dealer Refer to Brake system warning light in the Instrument Cluster chapter for information on the brake system warning light BRAKE Four wheel anti lock brake system ABS Your vehicle is equipped with an Anti lock Braking System ABS This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking Noise from the ABS pump motor and brake pedal pulsation may be observed during ABS braking and the brake pedal may suddenly travel a little farther as soon as ABS braking is done and normal brake operation resumes These are normal characteristics of the ABS and should be no reason for concern ABS warning lamp The ABS lamp in the instrument cluster momentarily illuminates when the ignition is turned on If the light does not illuminate during star
297. to prevent coolant loss After any coolant has been added check the coolant concentration refer to Checking engine coolant section If the concentration is not 50 50 protection to 34 F 386 C drain some coolant and adjust the concentration It may take several drains and additions to obtain a 50 50 coolant concentration Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough 50 50 concentration of engine coolant and distilled water to bring the liquid level to the proper level If you have to add more than 1 0 quart 1 0 liter of engine coolant per month have your authorized dealer check the engine cooling system Your cooling system may have a leak Operating an engine with a low level of coolant can result in engine overheating and possible engine damage 276 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Recycled engine coolant Ford Motor Company does NOT recommend the use of recycled engine coolant in vehicles originally equipped with Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids Coolant refill capacity To find out how much flui
298. ton until the correct zone appears in the message center display 6 After 4 seconds ZONE XX IS SET will appear in the message center ZONE XX display IS SET 7 The display will return to normal operation The zone is now updated 72 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Compass calibration adjustment Perform compass calibration in an open area free from steel structures and high voltage lines For optimum calibration turn off all electrical accessories heater air conditioning wipers etc and make sure all vehicle doors are shut 1 Start the vehicle 2 Locate the reset button on the compass sensor mounted on the base of mirror 3 To calibrate press and hold the reset button on the compass module CIRCLE SLON for approximately eight seconds and release TG CALIBRATE Ned 4 Slowly drive the vehicle in a circle less than 5 km h 3 mph until the CIRCLE SLOW TO CALIBRATE display changes to CALIBRATION COMPLETED It will take up to five circles to complete calibration 5 The compass is now calibrated CALIBRATION COMPLETED System warnings System warnings alert you to possible problems or malfunctions in your vehicle s operating systems In the event of a multiple warning situation the message center will cycle the display to show all warnings by displaying each one for 4 seconds The message center will display the last se
299. ts highways and off road Utility vehicles and trucks are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from a rollover or other crash you must e Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers e Drive at safe speeds for the conditions e Keep tires properly inflated e Never overload or improperly load your vehicle and e Make sure every passenger is properly restrained In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt All occupants must wear seat belts and children infants must use appropriate restraints to minimize the risk of injury or ejection Study your Owner s Guide and any supplements for specific information about equipment features instructions for safe driving and additional precautions to reduce the risk of an accident or serious injury VEHICLE CHARACTERISTICS AWD and AWD Systems if equipped A vehicle equipped with AWD or 4WD when selected has the ability to use all four wheels to power itself This increases traction which may enable you to safely drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot 159 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2
300. ts All other things held equal a shorter wheelbase may make your vehicle quicker to respond to steering inputs than a vehicle with a longer wheelbase 160 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading e Narrower to provide greater maneuverability in tight spaces particularly in off road use As a result of the above dimensional differences SUV s and trucks often will have a higher center of gravity and a greater difference in center of gravity between the loaded and unloaded condition These differences that make your vehicle so versatile also make it handle differently than an ordinary passenger car INFORMATION ABOUT UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING New vehicles are fitted with tires that have a rating on them called Tire Quality Grades The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example e Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic tires for use on passenger cars They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 1
301. turers To protect your engine s warranty use Motorcraft SAE 5W 30 or an equivalent 5W 30 oil meeting Ford specification WSS M2C929 A Do not use supplemental engine oil additives cleaners or other engine treatments They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that is not covered by Ford warranty Change your engine oil according to the appropriate schedule listed in the scheduled maintenance information 269 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 4 6L Engine Look for this certification trademark Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers To protect your engine s warranty use Motorcraft SAE 5W 20 or an equivalent 5W 20 oil meeting Ford specification WSS M2C930 A SAE 5W 20 oil provides optimum fuel economy and durability performance meeting all requirements for your vehicle s engine Do not use supplemental engine oil additives cleaners or other engine treatments They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that is not covered by Ford warranty Change your engine oil according
302. turning the key rotate the steering wheel until the 2 key turns freely This condition may 4 occur when e the front wheels are turned e a front wheel is against the curb GY 2 Turn the key to 4 START then release the key as soon as the engine starts Excessive cranking could damage the starter Note If the engine does not start within five seconds on the first try turn the key to OFF wait 10 seconds and try again If the engine still fails to start press the accelerator to the floor and try again this will allow the engine to crank with the fuel shut off in case the engine is flooded with fuel Guarding against exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Important ventilating information If the engine is idling while the vehicle is stopped for a long period of time open the windows at least one inch 2 5 cm or adjust the heating or air conditioning to bring in fresh air ENGINE BLOCK HEATER IF EQUIPPED An engine block heater warms the engine coolant which aids in starting and heater defroster performance Use of an engine block heater is strongly recommended if you live in a region where temperatures reach 10 F 23 C or below For best results plug the heater in at least three hours before starting
303. uding information such as e how various systems in your vehicle were operating e whether or not the driver and passenger seatbelts were buckled e how far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal e how fast the vehicle was traveling and e where the driver was positioning the steering wheel To access this information special equipment must be directly connected to the recording modules Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Introduction Notice to owners of pickup trucks and utility type vehicles Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles Before you drive your vehicle please read this Owner s Guide carefully Your vehicle is not a passenger car As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury or death Be sure to read Driving off road in the Driving chapter Using your vehicle with a snowplow Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing Your vehi
304. ure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them Energy Management Feature e This vehicle has a safety belt system with an energy management feature at the front seating positions to help further reduce the risk of injury in the event of a head on collision 120 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e This safety belt system has a retractor assembly that is designed to extend the safety belt webbing in a controlled manner This helps reduce the belt force acting on the user s chest BELT AND RETRACTOR ASSEMBLY MUST BE REPLACED if
305. ve to a safe place on the side of the road 2 Park on a level surface activate the hazard flashers and set the parking brake 3 Place gearshift lever in P Park and turn engine OFF When one of the rear wheels is off the ground the transmission alone will not prevent the vehicle from moving or slipping off the jack even if the transmission is in P Park Note Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked Se 4 Block the wheel that is diagonally Q opposite of the flat tire using the X wheel chock provided with your vehicle 234 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Location of the spare tire and tools The spare tire and tools for your vehicle are stowed in the following locations Spare tire Under the vehicle just in front of the rear bumper Jack lug nut wrench jack handle In the cab behind the passenger jack handle extension wheel side rear seat The tools are chock located in a bag attached to the Removing the jack and tools 1 Fold the passenger side rear seat forward then remove the jack 2 Turn the jack screw eyelet 1 counterclockwise to release pressure 3 Rotate the locking pin 2 clockwise until loose then pull out until it stops and remove the jack and tool bag from the bracket 4 Remove the chock and jack tools from the provided bag and rotate the wrench
306. vehicle is equipped with a roof rack The maximum recommended load is 100 Ibs 44 kg evenly distributed If it is not possible to distribute the load position it as far rearward as possible Use the tie down loops on the thumbwheels if equipped to secure the load To adjust cross bar position if equipped 1 Loosen the thumbwheel at both ends of the cross bar both cross bars are adjustable 2 Slide the cross bar to the desired location 3 Tighten the thumbwheel at both ends of the cross bar Note When the cross bars are not in use they can either be removed or adjusted so that the rear crossbar is fully rearward and the front crossbar is 10 inches from the front end cap for optimum wind noise Loaded vehicles with a higher center of gravity may handle differently than unloaded vehicles Extra precautions such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance should be taken when driving a heavily loaded vehicle Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and four wheel drive vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and four wheel drive vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sport cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers in these vehicles Failure to drive cautiously could result in an increase risk
307. ven days a week e for the New Vehicle Limited Warranty period of three years or 36 000 miles 60 000 km whichever occurs first on Ford and Mercury vehicles and four years or 50 000 miles 80 000 km on Lincoln vehicles Roadside assistance will cover e a flat tire change with a good spare except Ford GT which has a tire inflation kit battery jump start e lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility fuel delivery Independent Service Contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 0 gallons 7 5L of gasoline or 5 gallons 18 9L of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Fuel delivery service is limited to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period e winch out available within 100 feet 30 5 meters of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries e towing Ford Mercury Lincoln eligible vehicle towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles 56 3 km of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles 56 3 km from the disablement location the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 miles 56 3 km Trailers shall be covered up to 100 if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the trailer is disabled but the towing vehicle is operational the trailer does not qualify for any roadsi
308. when 4X4 HIGH 4WD High is selected 211 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving e 4X4 LOW momentarily 4x4 illuminates when the vehicle is started Illuminates when 4X4 LOW LOW 4WD Low is selected Using the Control Trac 4WD system C 4X4 4X4 4X4 AUTO HIGH LOW 4X4 AUTO Power to all four wheels used for normal street and highway driving 4X4 HIGH 4WD High Used for extra traction such as in snow or icy roads or in off road situations Not intended for use on dry pavement 4X4 LOW 4WD Low Uses extra gearing to provide maximum power to all four wheels Intended only for off road applications such as deep sand steep grades or pulling heavy objects The accelerator pedal is less sensitive than in 4X4 HIGH 4WD High range This is to improve vehicle control when operating on very rough terrain 4X4 LOW 4WD Low will not engage while the vehicle is moving this is normal and should be no reason for concern Refer to Shifting to from 4X4 LOW 4WD Low for proper operation Shifting between 4X4 AUTO 4WD Auto and 4X4 HIGH 4WD High e Select 4X4 AUTO 4WD Auto or 4X4 HIGH 4WD High at any forward speed Note Do not perform this operation if the rear wheels are slipping Shifting to from 4X4 LOW 4WD Low 1 Bring the vehicle to a complete stop 2 Depress the brake 3 Place the transmission in N Neutral 4 Press the desired 4WD position e If shifting i
309. wn driving needs Ford ESP also offers reimbursement benefits for towing and rental coverage When you buy Ford ESP you receive Peace of Mind protection throughout the United States and Canada provided by a network of more than 4 600 participating authorized dealers If you did not take advantage of the Ford Extended Service Plan at the time of purchasing your vehicle you may still be eligible Since this information is subject to change please ask your authorized dealer for complete details about Ford Extended Service Plan coverage options or visit the Ford ESP website at www ford esp com 251 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact a regional office or owner relations customer relationship office The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fue
310. y The auxiliary power point is located in the floor console Do not use the power point for operating the cigarette lighter wo element if equipped 4 To prevent the fuse from being blown do not use the power point s over the vehicle capacity of 12 VDC 180W To prevent the battery from being discharged do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running Always keep the power point caps closed when not being used Cigar Cigarette lighter if equipped Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigarette lighter socket Do not hold the lighter in with your hand while it is heating this will damage the lighter element and socket The lighter will be released from its heating position when it is ready to be used Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty Rear auxiliary power point A second auxiliary power point is located on the rear side of the console It is accessible from the rear seats 54 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Truck bed auxiliary power point An additional auxiliary power point is located in the bed of the truck 12V 20AMP max Lift the cover to access the auxiliary power point CENTER CONSOLE 1 Cupholders 2 Tissue holder in lid 3 Rear power point 4 Large utility compartment has an exterior power point in front of the lid and inside the compartment has coin holder s
311. y Pause This control is operational in CD mode When a CD is playing press to pause or play the current CD The CD status will display in the radio display 7 SHUFFLE Press to play tracks in random order press to access next folder on MP3 discs if available 9 lt q FOLDER In folder mode press to access the previous folder on MP3 discs if available 10 FF Fast forward Press to manually advance in a CD track e EA 8 FOLDER gt In folder mode Ea E a 11 REW Rewind Press to manually reverse in a CD track 12 Memory presets To set a station select the desired frequency band AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station Press and hold a preset button until sound returns and PRESET SAVED appears in the display You can save up to 18 stations six in AM six in FM1 and FM2 In Satellite Radio mode if equipped there are 18 available presets six each for SAT1 SAT2 and SATS To save satellite channels in your memory presets tune to the desired channel then press and hold a preset control until sound returns Satellite radio is available only in the continental United States with a valid SIRIUS subscription 13 TEXT SCAWN In radio and Ea CD MP3 mode press and hold to hear a brief sampling of radio stations or CD tracks Press again to stop In CD MP3 mode press and release to display track title artist name and disc title and file name if available 24 2007 07 Explorer Sport T
312. y belt is unbuckled The front passenger sensing system uses a passenger airbag off or PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF pass airbag off indicator which will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled The indicator lamp is located in the center stack of the instrument panel above the radio Note The indicator lamp will illuminate for a short period of time when the ignition is turned to the ON position to confirm it is functional When the front passenger seat is not occupied empty seat or in the event that the front passenger frontal airbag is enabled may inflate the indicator lamp will be unlit The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag when a rear facing infant seat a forward facing child restraint or a booster seat is detected e When the front passenger sensing system disables will not inflate the front passenger frontal airbag the indicator lamp will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled e If the child restraint has been installed and the indicator lamp is not lit then turn the vehicle off remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s instructions The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the syste
313. y occur Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle 246 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED At home You must take your Ford vehicle to an authorized dealer for warranty repairs While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and or equipment so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling servicing authorized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager
314. y of others should be your primary concern Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and four wheel drive vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and four wheel drive vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers in these vehicles Failure to drive cautiously could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If your vehicle gets stuck If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Emergency maneuvers e In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made remember to avoid over driving your vehicle i e turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency Excessive steering
315. you must have all four wheels on the ground and they must be rolling not sliding or spinning Basic operating principles e Do not use 4WD High or 4WD Low on dry hard surfaced roads Doing so will produce excessive noise increase tire wear and may damage drive components 4WD modes are only intended for consistently slippery or loose surfaces e Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle e Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by loose sand water gravel snow or ice If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement e If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement slow down but avoid severe brake application ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface e It may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the pavement You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly 213 2007 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving e It often may be less risky to strike small objects such as highway reflectors with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or roll over Remember your safety and the safet

Ford 2006 Five Hundred Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents